US20160120760A1 - Adjustable indicators for container assemblies - Google Patents
Adjustable indicators for container assemblies Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20160120760A1 US20160120760A1 US14/533,924 US201414533924A US2016120760A1 US 20160120760 A1 US20160120760 A1 US 20160120760A1 US 201414533924 A US201414533924 A US 201414533924A US 2016120760 A1 US2016120760 A1 US 2016120760A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- dial
- gear
- closure
- user
- axis
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Granted
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61J—CONTAINERS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR MEDICAL OR PHARMACEUTICAL PURPOSES; DEVICES OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR BRINGING PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCTS INTO PARTICULAR PHYSICAL OR ADMINISTERING FORMS; DEVICES FOR ADMINISTERING FOOD OR MEDICINES ORALLY; BABY COMFORTERS; DEVICES FOR RECEIVING SPITTLE
- A61J7/00—Devices for administering medicines orally, e.g. spoons; Pill counting devices; Arrangements for time indication or reminder for taking medicine
- A61J7/04—Arrangements for time indication or reminder for taking medicine, e.g. programmed dispensers
- A61J7/0409—Arrangements for time indication or reminder for taking medicine, e.g. programmed dispensers with timers
- A61J7/0481—Arrangements for time indication or reminder for taking medicine, e.g. programmed dispensers with timers working on a schedule basis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61J—CONTAINERS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR MEDICAL OR PHARMACEUTICAL PURPOSES; DEVICES OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR BRINGING PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCTS INTO PARTICULAR PHYSICAL OR ADMINISTERING FORMS; DEVICES FOR ADMINISTERING FOOD OR MEDICINES ORALLY; BABY COMFORTERS; DEVICES FOR RECEIVING SPITTLE
- A61J1/00—Containers specially adapted for medical or pharmaceutical purposes
- A61J1/03—Containers specially adapted for medical or pharmaceutical purposes for pills or tablets
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61J—CONTAINERS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR MEDICAL OR PHARMACEUTICAL PURPOSES; DEVICES OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR BRINGING PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCTS INTO PARTICULAR PHYSICAL OR ADMINISTERING FORMS; DEVICES FOR ADMINISTERING FOOD OR MEDICINES ORALLY; BABY COMFORTERS; DEVICES FOR RECEIVING SPITTLE
- A61J7/00—Devices for administering medicines orally, e.g. spoons; Pill counting devices; Arrangements for time indication or reminder for taking medicine
- A61J7/04—Arrangements for time indication or reminder for taking medicine, e.g. programmed dispensers
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B65—CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
- B65D—CONTAINERS FOR STORAGE OR TRANSPORT OF ARTICLES OR MATERIALS, e.g. BAGS, BARRELS, BOTTLES, BOXES, CANS, CARTONS, CRATES, DRUMS, JARS, TANKS, HOPPERS, FORWARDING CONTAINERS; ACCESSORIES, CLOSURES, OR FITTINGS THEREFOR; PACKAGING ELEMENTS; PACKAGES
- B65D83/00—Containers or packages with special means for dispensing contents
- B65D83/04—Containers or packages with special means for dispensing contents for dispensing annular, disc-shaped, or spherical or like small articles, e.g. tablets or pills
Definitions
- This disclosure relates to adjustable indicators for container assemblies and, more particularly, to adjustable indicators for closures of medicine bottle containers that keep track of medication schedules, as well as methods for using and making the same.
- Various containers are used to hold medicine or other contents that must be used in a sensitive fashion (e.g., according to a strict medication schedule).
- Some containers are provided with indicators that may inform a user about the manner in which the contents ought to be used.
- safely and securely managing the variable information of such indicators has heretofore been infeasible.
- a cap for a bottle may include a closure operative to be coupled to the bottle for closing the bottle.
- the closure may include a closure body defining a closure space and a closure passageway provided through the closure body.
- the cap may also include a base including a base body coupled to the closure body within the closure space, where the base body and the closure body define an indicia space within the closure space.
- the cap may also include a dial including a dial body positioned within the indicia space.
- the cap may also include a gear assembly positioned within the indicia space between a portion of the base body and a portion of the dial body.
- the gear assembly may include a dial gear subassembly including a dial gear coupled to the dial body, and a user gear subassembly including a user gear and a user shaft extending away from the user gear. Rotation of the user shaft is operative to rotate the user gear, rotation of the user gear is operative to rotate the dial gear, rotation of the dial gear is operative to rotate the dial body, and rotation of the dial body is operative to change the portion of the dial body that is aligned with the closure passageway.
- a cap for a bottle may include a closure operative to be coupled to the bottle for closing the bottle, a base coupled to the closure, a dial positioned between a portion of the base and a portion of the closure, and a gear assembly positioned between a portion of the base and a portion of the dial.
- the gear assembly may include a dial gear subassembly coupled to the dial, and a user gear subassembly. The gear assembly is operative to translate movement of the user gear subassembly into movement of the dial gear subassembly for moving the dial with respect to the closure.
- a method for changing the portion of indicia on a dial within a bottle cap that is visible to a user through a passageway in the bottle cap may include pushing a user gear along a first axis towards a dial gear that is coupled to the dial. During the pushing, the method may also include rotating the user gear about the first axis. The method may also include rotating the dial gear and the dial about a second axis using the rotation of the user gear.
- FIG. 1 is an exploded perspective view of an embodiment of a container assembly
- FIG. 2 is a non-exploded perspective view of the container assembly of FIG. 1 ;
- FIG. 3 is a perspective view of a portion of the container assembly of FIGS. 1 and 2 ;
- FIG. 4 is a view of a portion of the container assembly of FIGS. 1-3 , taken from line IV-IV of FIG. 6 ;
- FIG. 5 is a perspective view of a portion of the container assembly of FIGS. 1-4 ;
- FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view of a portion of the container assembly of FIGS. 1-5 ;
- FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view, similar to FIG. 6 , of a portion of another embodiment of a container assembly
- FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view, similar to FIGS. 6 and 7 , of a portion of yet another embodiment of a container assembly
- FIG. 9 is a cross-sectional view, similar to FIGS. 6-8 , of a portion of yet another embodiment of a container assembly
- FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view, similar to FIGS. 6-9 , of a portion of yet another embodiment of a container assembly
- FIG. 11 is an exploded perspective view, similar to FIG. 1 , of yet another embodiment of a container assembly
- FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view, similar to FIGS. 6-10 , of a portion of the container assembly of FIG. 11 ;
- FIG. 13 is an exploded perspective view, similar to FIGS. 1 and 11 , of yet another embodiment of a container assembly
- FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view, similar to FIGS. 6-10 and 12 , of a portion of the container assembly of FIG. 13 ;
- FIG. 15 is a flowchart of an illustrative process for changing the portion of indicia on a dial within a bottle cap that is visible to a user through a passageway in the bottle cap.
- a gear assembly may be provided with a cap of a container assembly.
- the gear assembly may be operative to translate motion (e.g., rotation) of a user handle into motion (e.g., rotation) of a dial for changing the portion of indicia of the dial that may be aligned with a passageway through the cap.
- the dial, indicia, and at least a portion of the gear assembly may be positioned within a secure indicia space defined by components of the cap, while the user handle may be positioned at least partially outside of that secure space, such that the secure space may prevent inadvertent or undesired movement of the dial unless dictated by the user handle.
- two distinct motions may be applied to the user handle before the gear assembly may translate motion of the user handle into motion of the dial.
- the user handle may be configured to push a user gear of the gear assembly towards a dial gear of the gear assembly, such that teeth of the user gear may mesh with teeth of the dial gear.
- the user handle may be configured to rotate the user gear about a first axis, which may rotate the dial gear about a second axis for moving the dial, which may be coupled to the dial gear.
- the first axis may be the same as or different than the second axis.
- the gear assembly may provide a stopper mechanism that may prevent opposite rotation of either the user gear or the dial gear, such that the dial may only be moved in one direction with respect to the cap.
- FIGS. 1-6 show an illustrative bottle container assembly 100 with an adjustable indicator that may be used for any suitable purpose, such as for keeping track of a schedule with respect to any suitable content 197 (e.g., medicine) that may be held by assembly 100 .
- assembly 100 may include a bottle 190 and a cap or cap subassembly 110 that may be coupled to bottle 190 for forming a closed container that may safely hold content 197 therein.
- bottle 190 may include a bottle body that may include one or more side walls 195 that may extend from a closed bottom end 199 to an at least partially open top end 191 for defining an interior bottle space 193 .
- Bottle 190 may be configured such that a user may insert content 197 through open end 191 into bottle space 193 (e.g., along the ⁇ Z direction) and/or may remove content 197 from bottle space 193 through open end 191 (e.g., along the +Z direction).
- Bottle 190 may be any suitable container portion that may be configured to hold any suitable content 197 in any suitable way.
- Bottle 190 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions. For example, although bottle 190 may be shown to define a cylindrically shaped bottle space 193 and a circular opening 191 , any suitable shapes of any suitable sizes may be provided by any suitable portions of bottle 190 .
- Cap subassembly 110 may be configured to be removably coupled to bottle 190 , such that cap subassembly 110 may cover open end 191 for preventing a user from accessing bottle space 193 (e.g., content 197 ) when cap subassembly 110 is coupled to bottle 190 , and such that cap subassembly 110 may not cover at least a portion of open end 191 for enabling a user to access bottle space 193 (e.g., content 197 ) when cap subassembly 110 is not coupled to bottle 190 .
- Assembly 100 may be configured in any suitable way for enabling cap subassembly to be removably coupled to bottle 190 . As just one example, as shown in FIGS.
- bottle 190 may include at least one cap attachment feature 192 (e.g., one or more male threads protruding from an exterior surface of body 195 adjacent end 191 ) and cap subassembly 110 may include at least one bottle attachment feature 128 (e.g., one or more female threads protruding from an interior surface of cap subassembly 110 ), where bottle attachment feature 128 may be screwed or otherwise rotated down around cap attachment feature 192 (e.g., downwardly in the ⁇ Z direction about the Z-axis in the direction of arrow R 1 ) for securing cap subassembly 110 to bottle 190 over open end 191 (see, e.g., FIGS. 2 and 6 ).
- cap attachment feature 192 e.g., one or more male threads protruding from an exterior surface of body 195 adjacent end 191
- bottle attachment feature 128 e.g., one or more female threads protruding from an interior surface of cap subassembly 110
- bottle attachment feature 128 may be configured to rotate with respect to cap attachment feature 192 about a longitudinal axis A for enabling cap subassembly 110 and bottle 190 to be removably coupled to one another (e.g., in the direction of arrow R 1 for coupling and in the direction of arrow R 2 for removing).
- arrow R 1 may be shown as a clockwise type rotation direction about the Z-axis (e.g., axis A) and that while arrow R 2 may be shown as a counter-clockwise type rotation direction about the Z-axis (e.g., axis A)
- these associations may be flipped or may be any other suitable opposing rotation directions or any other suitable translation directions.
- cap attachment feature 192 and bottle attachment feature 128 may provide a safety child-resistant mechanism (e.g., where cap subassembly 110 may be pushed downwardly in order to enable twisting or rotating for removing cap subassembly 110 from bottle 190 ).
- Cap attachment feature 192 and bottle attachment feature 128 may be any suitable combination of reciprocal or otherwise related features that may be configured to interact with each other for removably coupling cap subassembly 110 to bottle 190 (e.g., snaps, notches, clips, location or transition fits, etc.).
- Bottle 190 may also include a lip 194 , which may protrude from an exterior surface of body 195 below cap attachment feature 192 , where lip 194 may be configured to suspend cap subassembly 110 by at least a certain distance above closed end 199 .
- Cap attachment feature 192 and/or lip 194 may ensure a specific relationship between cap subassembly 110 and bottle 190 when cap subassembly 110 is coupled to bottle 190 .
- Cap subassembly 110 may include an adjustable indicator that may be utilized for any suitable purpose, such as for keeping track of a schedule with respect to any suitable content 197 .
- cap subassembly 110 may include a closure 120 , a dial 130 , a gear assembly 140 , and a base 170 .
- Closure 120 of cap 110 may include a closure body that may include one or more side walls 125 that may extend from an at least partially closed top end 121 to an at least partially open bottom end 129 for defining an interior closure space 123 .
- Bottle attachment feature 128 may be provided along an interior surface of a side wall 125 adjacent or otherwise near end 129 , or at any other suitable position of closure 120 (e.g., bottle attachment feature 128 may be provided on an external surface of closure 120 or along bottom end 129 ).
- Closure 120 may be configured to be removably coupled to bottle 190 for at least partially preventing content 197 from being removed from bottle space 197 and/or for maintaining the freshness of content 197 .
- Closure 120 may also include one or more closure indicia passageways 126 through any suitable portions of closure 120 for selectively exposing to a user one or more other portions of cap subassembly 100 (e.g., portions of dial 130 , as described below).
- closure indicia passageways 126 may include at least one top closure indicia passageway 126 t that may be provided through the wall of top end 121 of closure 120 , at least one side closure indicia passageway 126 s that may be provided through one or more side walls 125 of closure 120 , and/or at least one bottom closure indicia passageway (e.g., passageway 176 as described below with respect to base 170 ).
- each closure indicia passageway 126 may be a hollow opening through a wall or other portion of closure 120 or may be such an opening that may be covered by or otherwise configured to include a transparent or translucent material or any other suitable object (e.g., a magnifying glass 126 tm , 126 sm , etc.) that may enable communication of information therethrough to a user of assembly 100 .
- a transparent or translucent material or any other suitable object e.g., a magnifying glass 126 tm , 126 sm , etc.
- Such an object positioned within an indicia passageway may be configured to prevent a user or other entity external to assembly 100 from interacting with dial 130 through that indicia passageway (e.g., such that dial 130 may not be moved within indicia spacing 183 except via interaction with gear assembly 140 ).
- Closure 120 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions. For example, although closure 120 may be shown to define a cylindrically shaped closure space 123 and a circular opening 129 , any suitable shapes of any suitable sizes may be provided by any suitable portions of closure 120 . In some embodiments, closure 120 may be configured to define a majority of the external appearance of cap subassembly 110 (e.g., at least a majority of the external appearance of the top and sides of cap subassembly 110 ).
- Dial 130 of cap 110 may include a dial body that may include one or more side walls 135 that may extend from an at least partially closed top end 131 to an at least partially closed bottom end 139 .
- Dial 130 may include any suitable dial indicia 136 on any suitable portions of dial 130 for selective display to a user of assembly 100 (as described below).
- Dial indicia 136 may be stamped on dial 130 , provided by a sticker adhered to dial 130 , painted on dial 130 (e.g., with glow in the dark paint), etched into dial 130 , and/or provided via any other suitable method.
- dial indicia 136 may include top dial indicia 136 t that may be provided on an exterior surface of top end 131 of dial 130 , side dial indicia 136 s that may be provided on an exterior surface of one or more side walls 135 of dial 130 , and/or bottom dial indicia 136 b that may be provided on an exterior surface of bottom end 139 of dial 130 .
- Dial 130 may be configured to fit at least partially within closure space 123 , such that dial 130 may be moved within closure space 123 with respect to closure 120 for selectively aligning different dial indicia 136 of dial 130 with a closure indicia passageway 126 of closure 120 .
- Dial 130 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions. For example, although dial 130 may be shown to define a cylindrically shaped object with a circular top wall 131 and a circular bottom wall 139 , any suitable shapes of any suitable sizes may be provided by any suitable portions of dial 130 .
- Base 170 of cap 110 may include a base body that may include one or more side walls 175 that may extend from an at least partially closed top end 171 to an at least partially closed bottom end 179 .
- Base 170 may be configured to be coupled (e.g., permanently or removably) to closure 120 , such that, for example, base 170 and closure 120 may together define at least a portion of an indicia space 183 within which dial 130 may be positioned. For example, as shown in FIGS.
- base 170 may include at least one closure attachment feature 174 (e.g., one or more notches protruding from an exterior surface of base 170 ) and closure 120 may include at least one base attachment feature 124 (e.g., one or more grooves or female threads protruding from an interior surface of closure 120 ), where closure attachment feature 174 may snap into or otherwise fit base 170 within base attachment feature 124 for securing base 170 within closure space 123 , which may thereby define a reduced indicia space 183 between closure 120 and base 170 (see, e.g., FIG. 6 ).
- closure attachment feature 174 e.g., one or more notches protruding from an exterior surface of base 170
- closure 120 may include at least one base attachment feature 124 (e.g., one or more grooves or female threads protruding from an interior surface of closure 120 ), where closure attachment feature 174 may snap into or otherwise fit base 170 within base attachment feature 124 for securing base 170 within closure space
- base 170 may be pushed upwardly (e.g., in the +Z direction) for interlocking with base attachment feature 124 of closure 120 .
- Base attachment feature 124 may be positioned above bottle attachment feature 128 within closure space 123 of closure 120 such that base 170 may be coupled to closure 120 while still enabling bottle attachment feature 128 to removably couple closure 120 to bottle 190 .
- closure space 123 may be defined by the interior surface(s) of side wall(s) 125 , top end 121 , and bottom end 129 of closure 120
- indicia space 183 may be defined by the interior surface(s) of side wall(s) 125 and top end 121 of closure 120 as well as by base 170 , such that indicia space 183 may be a portion of closure space 123 .
- base 170 may be configured to fit at least partially within closure space 123 , such that base 170 may define at least a portion of the bottom of indicia space 183 .
- base 170 may also include a base indicia passageway 176 that may be provided through the base body from top end 171 to bottom end 179 , where such base indicia passageway 176 may also be referred to herein as a bottom closure indicia passageway, as base 170 may act as a bottom of indicia space 183 defined by closure 120 at its top and sides.
- base indicia passageway 176 may be a hollow opening through a wall or other portion of base 170 or may be such an opening that may be covered by or otherwise configured to include a transparent or translucent material or any other suitable object (e.g., a magnifying glass 176 m ) that may enable communication of information therethrough to a user of assembly 100 .
- a transparent or translucent material or any other suitable object e.g., a magnifying glass 176 m
- Such an object positioned within base indicia passageway 176 may be configured to prevent a user or other entity external to indicia space 183 from interacting with dial 130 through base indicia passageway 176 (e.g., such that dial 130 may not be moved within indicia spacing 183 except via interaction with gear assembly 140 ).
- Base 170 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions.
- base 170 may be shown to define a disc or cylindrically shaped object with a circular top wall 171 and a circular bottom wall 179 , any suitable shapes of any suitable sizes may be provided by any suitable portions of base 170 .
- Base 170 may be a single molded piece to provide the entire structure of base 170 , which may or may not include component 172 described below.
- Dial 130 may be positioned within indicia space 183 when base 170 is coupled to closure 120 (see, e.g., FIG. 6 ).
- Gear assembly 140 of cap 110 may be at least partially positioned within indicia space 183 along with dial 130 , and gear assembly 140 may be configured to selectively move dial 130 within indicia space 183 with respect to closure 120 for selectively aligning different dial indicia 136 with a closure indicia passageway 126 of closure 120 .
- Gear assembly 140 may include one or more gears that may be configured to translate a user motion that may be applied to a first portion of gear assembly 140 into movement of dial 130 with indicia space 183 (e.g., rotation of dial 130 about an axis A along a Z-axis). As shown in FIGS.
- gear assembly 140 may include an upper or dial gear subassembly 150 and a lower or user gear subassembly 160 .
- Dial gear subassembly 150 may include an upper or dial cogwheel or gear 152 and, in some embodiments, an upper or dial gear shaft 158 that may extend away from gear 152 along an axis of rotation of gear 152 (e.g., axis A along a Z-axis).
- Gear shaft 158 and gear 152 may be a single molded piece or may be distinct elements coupled via any suitable coupling features (e.g., glue, threading, etc.).
- User gear subassembly 160 may include a lower or user cogwheel or gear 162 and, in some embodiments, a lower or user gear shaft 168 that may extend away from gear 162 along an axis of rotation of gear 162 (e.g., axis B along a Z-axis that may be parallel to axis A).
- Gear shaft 168 and gear 162 may be a single molded piece or may be distinct elements coupled via any suitable coupling features (e.g., glue, threading, etc.).
- User gear subassembly 160 may also include a user handle 166 that may be coupled to a portion of gear 162 (e.g., at an end of gear shaft 168 ), such that a user may apply a user force or motion to handle 166 for rotating gear 162 .
- Gear shaft 168 and handle 166 may be a single molded piece or may be distinct elements coupled via any suitable coupling features (e.g., glue, threading, hinge, etc.).
- Gear assembly 140 may be configured to translate movement (e.g., rotation) of gear 162 into movement (e.g., rotation) of gear 152 , which may be configured to move (e.g., rotate) dial 130 with respect to closure 120 within indicia space 183 .
- gear 162 may include teeth or cogs or any other suitable mechanical feature that may mesh with teeth or cogs or any other suitable mechanical feature of gear 152 to transmit torque therebetween within gear assembly 140 (e.g., as a transmission or gearbox).
- Base 170 may be configured to support at least a portion of gear assembly 140 and/or dial 130 within indicia space 183 when base 170 is coupled to closure 120 .
- at least a portion of user gear subassembly 160 e.g., a bottom portion of gear 162
- base 170 e.g., against an exterior surface of top wall 171 of base 170 .
- a user gear shaft opening 177 may be provided through base 170 (e.g., between top wall 171 and bottom wall 179 ) for enabling at least a portion of user gear shaft 168 and/or user handle 166 to extend therethrough from indicia space 183 to at least a portion of closure space 123 and/or bottle space 193 or for at least enabling a portion of gear subassembly 160 to be accessible therethrough, such that a portion of gear assembly 140 may be accessible to a user when cap 110 is not coupled to bottle 190 (e.g., when a user unscrews cap 110 from bottle 190 for accessing contents 197 ).
- Such accessibility to a portion of gear subassembly 160 by a user external to indicia space 183 may enable a user of assembly 100 to apply a user force or motion to handle 166 for rotating gear 162 .
- user gear shaft opening 177 of base 170 may at least partially define an axis of rotation of user gear 162 and/or may otherwise limit at least a portion of a path along which at least a portion of user gear subassembly 160 may travel (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement of gear subassembly 160 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 183 ).
- user gear 162 may be configured to rotate about an axis B, and gear shaft 168 may extend away from gear 162 along axis B, such that gear shaft opening 177 may align with axis B.
- dial gear subassembly 150 may be coupled to dial 130 (e.g., non-rotatably affixed (e.g., via an adhesive or a bolt) to an exterior surface of bottom wall 139 of dial 130 ), such that movement of gear subassembly 150 may provide movement of dial 130 (e.g., rotational movement about axis A).
- a dial gear shaft opening 173 may be provided through at least a portion of base 170 (e.g., through top wall 171 ), where opening 173 may at least partially define an axis of rotation of dial gear 152 and/or may otherwise limit at least a portion of a path along which at least a portion of dial gear subassembly 150 may travel (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement of gear subassembly 150 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 183 ).
- dial gear 152 may be configured to rotate about an axis A, and gear shaft 158 may extend away from gear 152 along axis A, such that gear shaft opening 173 may align with axis A.
- gear shaft opening 173 and/or gear shaft 158 may not be necessary and other features of assembly 100 may define axis A about which gear 152 may rotate.
- the positioning of base 170 , gear subassembly 160 , and dial 130 within indicia space 183 may limit the manner in which gear subassembly 150 may move within indicia space 183 (e.g., only to movement about axis A).
- an interior surface of top end 121 of closure 120 may include a dial movement feature 127 and an exterior surface of top end 131 of dial 130 may include a closure movement feature 137 , where such features 127 and 137 may interact with one another to at least partially define an axis of rotation of dial 130 with respect to closure 120 (e.g., axis A) or otherwise aid or limit such movement (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement of dial 130 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 183 ), for example, where feature 137 may be a nub that may extend into a cut out or notch 127 .
- the thickness of dial 130 along the Z-axis combined with the thickness of gear assembly 140 along the Z-axis may be substantially equal to or slightly less than the thickness of indicia space 183 along the Z-axis, such that dial 130 and/or gear assembly 140 may be prevented or limited with respect to movement along the Z-axis.
- a user may interact with handle 166 of user gear subassembly 160 , as may be accessible to a user through opening 177 of base 170 , for rotating gear shaft 168 and/or gear 162 in the direction of arrow R 2 about axis B, which may in turn rotate gear 152 of dial subassembly 150 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A, which may in turn rotate dial 130 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A.
- Such rotation of dial 130 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A within indicia space 183 with respect to closure 120 may alter the particular portion of dial 130 and, thus, the particular portion of dial indicia 136 that may be aligned with a particular closure indicia passageway 126 , which may alter what information may be provided to a user of assembly 100 by that particular portion of dial indicia 136 .
- top dial indicia 136 t may include seven distinct indications or marks respectively indicative of one of the seven days of the calendar week
- side dial indicia 136 s may include seven distinct indications or marks, each of which may be adjacent a respective one of the indications of top dial indicia 136 t and may be indicative of a particular time of day
- bottom dial indicia 136 b may include seven distinct indications or marks, each of which may be adjacent a respective one of the indications of side dial indicia 136 s and may be indicative of a particular dosage (e.g., number of pills of content 197 ).
- a particular set of adjacent indications including one from each of dial indicia 136 t , 136 s , and 136 b may be aligned with a set of respective adjacent passageways of indicia space 183 including indicia passageways 126 t , 126 s , and 176 , such that assembly 100 may be configured to expose a particular day of the week, a particular time of day, and a particular dosage to a user of assembly 100 via cap subassembly 110 . For example, as shown in FIG.
- a first day of the week indication “Sat.” of top dial indicia 136 t may be aligned with and visible through indicia passageway 126 t
- a first time of day indication “10:30 PM” of side dial indicia 136 s may be aligned with and visible through indicia passageway 126 s
- a first dosage indication “1 Pill” of bottom dial indicia 136 b may be aligned with and visible through indicia passageway 176 (see, e.g., the orientation of FIG.
- dial 130 when dial 130 is rotated in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A within indicia space 183 with respect to closure 120 from such a first orientation to a second orientation, the particular portion of dial 130 and, thus, the particular portion of dial indicia 136 that may be aligned with such indicia passageways 126 / 176 may be altered, for example, such that a second day of the week indication “Sun.” of top dial indicia 136 t may be aligned with and visible through indicia passageway 126 t , a second time of day indication “10:30 PM” of side dial indicia 136 s may be aligned with and visible through indicia passageway 126 s , and a second dosage indication “1 Pill” of bottom dial indicia 136 b may be aligned with and visible through indicia passageway 176 .
- a second day of the week indication “Sun.” of top dial indicia 136 t may be aligne
- cap subassembly 110 may be positioned in any suitable arrangement about cap subassembly 110 and need not be provided at least partially within a single plane (e.g., the X-Z plane of FIG. 6 ), which would thereby allow two or more dial indications 136 to be exposed that are not adjacent one another (e.g., not at least partially within a single plane).
- cap subassembly 110 may be configured to enable rotation of dial 130 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A within indicia space 183 with respect to closure 120 from a first orientation to a second orientation (e.g., to keep track of a medication schedule for content 197 of bottle 190 ) by enabling user rotation of handle 166 in the direction of arrow R 2 about axis B, cap subassembly 110 may be configured to prevent rotation of dial 130 in the opposite direction of arrow R 2 about axis A.
- gear assembly 140 may include a ratchet component 142 with ratcheting teeth/notches or other suitable features and base 170 may include a stopper component 172 with a tensioned free end that may be configured to interact with ratchet component 142 for preventing rotation of gear subassembly 150 and, thus, dial 130 in the direction of arrow R 2 while enabling rotation of gear subassembly 150 in the direction of arrow R 1 .
- Ratchet component 142 may be provided anywhere along any portion of gear assembly 140 and base 170 may be configured to provide stopper component 172 at any suitable position with indicia space 183 that may enable proper interaction between components 142 and 172 . For example, as shown in FIGS.
- ratchet component 142 may be provided along a portion of gear subassembly 150 (e.g., adjacent a top portion of gear 152 at or near dial 130 ) and base 170 may provide stopper component 172 just adjacent ratchet component 142 in the +X direction (e.g., at the top end of an extension body 178 that may extend from a top surface of the base body of base 170 ), such that a free end of stopper component 172 may enable rotation of ratchet component 142 and, thus, gear 152 and dial 130 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A and at the same time prevent rotation of ratchet component 142 and, thus, gear 152 and dial 130 in the direction of arrow R 2 about axis A (e.g., due to the geometrical relationship between teeth or other suitable features of ratchet component 142 and the free end of stopper component 172 ).
- ratchet component 142 and stopper component 172 may emit a sound that may be audible to a user (e.g., a clicking sound) each time ratchet component 142 is rotated or advanced with respect to stopper component 172 , which may provide a user with an audible feedback to user adjustment of the indicia of assembly 100 .
- interaction of ratchet component 142 and stopper component 172 may generate a tactile resistance and then release that may be felt by a user each time ratchet component 142 is rotated or advanced with respect to stopper component 172 , which may provide a user with a tactile or haptic feedback to user adjustment of the indicia of assembly 100 .
- stopper component 172 may be tensioned by a suitable amount such that the free end of stopper component 172 may exert a suitable force on ratchet component 142 for even preventing rotation of dial 130 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A, where such a force may be overcome by an intentional user force on handle 166 but that may not be overcome by any unintentional forces to which cap subassembly 110 may be susceptible during normal use of assembly 100 , such that components 142 / 172 may enable proper rotation of dial 130 in the direction of arrow R 1 but only if at least a certain amount of threshold force is applied to gear assembly 140 (e.g., to handle 166 ).
- gear assembly 140 may be configured to have a resting state in which movement of gear subassembly 150 may not translate into motion of gear subassembly 160 (and vice versa) and an active state in which movement of gear subassembly 150 may translate into motion of gear subassembly 160 (and vice versa).
- gear assembly 140 may be in a resting state, whereby a spacing distance 141 may exist between gear 152 and gear 162 (e.g., along the X-axis and/or along the Z-axis of FIG.
- a user may first apply an upward force (e.g., longitudinal force in the +Z direction along axis B) on gear subassembly 160 (e.g., via handle 166 , such as along a longitudinal axis of gear shaft 168 ), such that gear 162 may be moved upwards by spacing distance 141 in order to contact gear 152 (e.g., such that teeth of gear 162 may mesh with teeth of gear 152 ), and then the user may apply a rotation force (e.g., in the direction of arrow R 2 about axis B) to user gear subassembly 160 (e.g., via handle 166 ) for rotating meshed dial gear 152 in the direction of
- gear assembly 140 may provide a safety or child-resistant mechanism that may require user gear subassembly 160 be pushed towards dial gear subassembly 150 in order to enable effective rotation of user gear subassembly 160 for translating dial gear subassembly 150 (e.g., for updating exposed dial indicia 136 ). This may help prevent unintentional rotation of dial 130 and, thus, unintentional updating of exposed dial indicia 136 .
- Spacing distance 141 may be any suitable distance for any suitable assembly of any suitable use case, such as 0.125 inches (e.g., along the Z-axis) for a pill bottle container.
- assembly 100 may provide a reliable and easy to use indicator mechanism (e.g., for tracking a medication schedule).
- dial indicia e.g., indicia 136 t , 136 s , and 136 b
- various amounts of helpful information may be simultaneously communicated to a user for managing the content of assembly 100 .
- dial indicia e.g., indicia 136 t , 136 s , and 136 b
- more than three of such indicia may be provided (e.g., two distinct sets of indicia may be provided along different heights of a side wall 135 of dial 130 (e.g., a second set of side dial indicia may be provided above or below side dial indicia 136 s while a second distinct side closure indicia passageway may be provided above or below side closure indicia passageway 126 s ).
- At least a portion of side wall 135 of dial 130 and/or at least a portion of side wall 125 of closure 120 may extend (e.g., in a Y-Z plane) parallel to the axis of rotation of dial 130 within closure 120 (e.g., axis A along an axis Z), while at least a portion of top 131 of dial 130 and/or at least a portion of top 121 of closure 120 may extend (e.g., in an X-Y plane) perpendicularly to the axis of rotation of dial 130 within closure 120 (e.g., axis A along an axis Z), and while at least a portion of bottom 139 of dial 130 and/or at least a portion of bottom 179 of base 170 may extend (e.g., in an X-Y plane) perpendicularly to the axis of rotation of dial 130 within closure 120 (e.g., axis A along an axis Z).
- FIG. 7 shows another illustrative bottle container assembly 200 , which may be similar to assembly 100 of FIGS. 1-6 but may include a hollow dial within which at least a portion of a gear assembly may reside.
- Assembly 200 of FIG. 7 may include similar components to assembly 100 of FIGS. 1-6 , with components of assembly 200 of FIG. 7 being labeled with “2xx” reference labels that may correspond to the “1xx” reference labels of the labeled components of assembly 100 of FIGS. 1-6 , where differences therebetween may be described below.
- assembly 200 may include a bottle 290 and a cap 210 that may be coupled to bottle 290 for forming a closed container that may safely hold content therein.
- bottle 290 may include a bottle body that may include one or more side walls 295 that may extend from a closed bottom end (not shown) to an at least partially open top end 291 for defining an interior bottle space 293 .
- Bottle 290 may be configured such that a user may insert content (not shown) through open end 291 into bottle space 293 (e.g., along the ⁇ Z direction) and/or may remove content from bottle space 293 through open end 291 (e.g., along the +Z direction).
- Bottle 290 may be any suitable container portion that may be configured to hold any suitable content in any suitable way.
- Bottle 290 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions.
- Cap 210 may be configured to be removably coupled to bottle 290 , such that cap 210 may cover open end 291 for preventing a user from accessing bottle space 293 when cap 210 is coupled to bottle 290 , and such that cap 210 may not cover at least a portion of open end 291 for enabling a user to access bottle space 293 when cap 210 is not coupled to bottle 290 .
- Assembly 200 may be configured in any suitable way for enabling cap subassembly to be removably coupled to bottle 290 .
- bottle 290 may include at least one cap attachment feature 292 and cap 210 may include at least one bottle attachment feature 228 , where cap attachment feature 292 and bottle attachment feature 228 may be any suitable combination of reciprocal or otherwise related features that may be configured to interact with each other for removably coupling cap 210 to bottle 290 (e.g., threads, snaps, notches, clips, location or transition fits, etc.).
- Bottle 290 may also include a lip 294 , which may protrude from an exterior surface of body 295 below cap attachment feature 292 , where lip 294 may be configured to suspend cap subassembly 210 by at least a certain distance above the closed end. Cap attachment feature 292 and/or lip 294 may ensure a specific relationship between cap 210 and bottle 290 when cap 210 is coupled to bottle 290 .
- Cap 210 may include a closure 220 , a dial 230 , a gear assembly 240 , and a base 270 .
- Closure 220 of cap 210 may include a closure body that may include one or more side walls 225 that may extend from an at least partially closed top end 221 to an at least partially open bottom end 229 for defining an interior closure space 223 .
- Closure 220 may also include one or more closure indicia passageways 226 through any suitable portions of closure 220 for selectively exposing to a user one or more other portions of cap subassembly 200 (e.g., portions of dial 230 , as described below).
- closure indicia passageways 226 may include at least one top closure indicia passageway 226 t that may be provided through the wall of top end 221 of closure 220 , at least one side closure indicia passageway 226 s that may be provided through one or more side walls 225 of closure 220 , and/or at least one bottom closure indicia passageway (e.g., passageway 276 as described below with respect to base 270 ).
- each closure indicia passageway 226 may be a hollow opening through a wall or other portion of closure 220 or may be such an opening that may be covered by or otherwise configured to include a transparent or translucent material or any other suitable object (e.g., a magnifying glass 226 tm , 226 sm , etc.) that may enable communication of information therethrough to a user of assembly 200 .
- Closure 220 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions.
- Dial 230 of cap 210 may include a dial body that may include one or more side walls 235 that may extend from an at least partially closed top end 231 to an at least partially closed bottom end 239 .
- dial 230 may define an interior dial space 233 , which may be accessible via a dial opening 238 , which may be provided through any suitable portion of the dial body, such as through bottom end 239 .
- Dial 230 may include any suitable dial indicia 236 on any suitable portions of dial 230 for selective display to a user of assembly 200 .
- dial indicia 236 may include top dial indicia 236 t that may be provided on an exterior surface of top end 231 of dial 230 , side dial indicia 236 s that may be provided on an exterior surface of one or more side walls 235 of dial 230 , and/or bottom dial indicia 236 b that may be provided on an exterior surface of bottom end 239 of dial 230 (e.g., adjacent opening 238 along the X-axis).
- Dial 230 may be configured to fit at least partially within closure space 223 , such that dial 230 may be moved within closure space 223 with respect to closure 220 for selectively aligning different dial indicia 236 of dial 230 with a closure indicia passageway 226 of closure 220 .
- Dial 230 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions.
- Base 270 of cap 210 may include a base body that may include one or more side walls 275 that may extend from an at least partially closed top end 271 to an at least partially closed bottom end 279 .
- Base 270 may be configured to be coupled (e.g., permanently or removably) to closure 220 , such that, for example, base 270 and closure 220 may together define at least a portion of an indicia space 283 within which dial 230 may be positioned.
- base 270 may include at least one closure attachment feature (e.g., the shape of an exterior surface of side wall(s) 275 of base 270 ) and closure 220 may include at least one base attachment feature 224 (e.g., one or more grooves or female threads protruding from an interior surface of closure 220 ), where base 270 may snap into or otherwise fit base 270 within base attachment feature 224 for securing base 270 within closure space 223 , which may thereby define a reduced indicia space 283 between closure 220 and base 270 .
- closure attachment feature e.g., the shape of an exterior surface of side wall(s) 275 of base 270
- closure 220 may include at least one base attachment feature 224 (e.g., one or more grooves or female threads protruding from an interior surface of closure 220 ), where base 270 may snap into or otherwise fit base 270 within base attachment feature 224 for securing base 270 within closure space 223 , which may thereby define a reduced ind
- Base attachment feature 224 may be positioned above bottle attachment feature 228 within closure space 223 of closure 220 such that base 270 may be coupled to closure 220 while still enabling bottle attachment feature 228 to removably couple closure 220 to bottle 290 .
- closure space 223 may be defined by the interior surface(s) of side wall(s) 225 , top end 221 , and bottom end 229 of closure 220
- indicia space 283 may be defined by the interior surface(s) of side wall(s) 225 and top end 221 of closure 220 as well as by base 270 , such that indicia space 283 may be a portion of closure space 223 .
- base 270 may be configured to fit at least partially within closure space 223 , such that base 270 may define at least a portion of the bottom of indicia space 283 .
- base 270 may also include a base indicia passageway 276 that may be provided through the base body from top end 271 to bottom end 279 , where such base indicia passageway 276 may also be referred to herein as a bottom closure indicia passageway, as base 270 may act as a bottom of indicia space 283 defined by closure 220 at its top and sides.
- base indicia passageway 276 may be a hollow opening through a wall or other portion of base 270 or may be such an opening that may be covered by or otherwise configured to include a transparent or translucent material or any other suitable object (e.g., a magnifying glass 276 m ) that may enable communication of information therethrough to a user of assembly 200 .
- Base 270 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions.
- Dial 230 may be at least partially positioned within indicia space 283 when base 270 is coupled to closure 220 .
- at least a portion of base 270 may be positioned within dial space 233 .
- a bottom portion (e.g., bottom 279 ) of base 270 may be substantially flat (e.g., like bottom 179 of base 170 ), at least a portion of a profile of a top portion (e.g., top 271 ) of base 270 may vary in height, for example, such that one portion of base 270 may pass up into dial space 233 via dial opening 238 (e.g., for supporting at least a portion of gear assembly 240 ) while another portion of base 270 may span bottom 239 of dial 230 (e.g., for defining a bottom of indicia space 283 ).
- Gear assembly 240 of cap 210 may be at least partially positioned within indicia space 283 along with dial 230 , and gear assembly 240 may be configured to selectively move dial 230 within indicia space 283 with respect to closure 220 for selectively aligning different dial indicia 236 with a closure indicia passageway 226 / 276 of closure 220 /base 270 . Moreover, as shown, unlike assembly 100 , at least a portion of gear assembly 240 may be positioned within dial space 233 .
- Gear assembly 240 may include one or more gears that may be configured to translate a user motion that may be applied to a first portion of gear assembly 240 into movement of dial 230 with indicia space 283 (e.g., rotation of dial 230 about an axis A along a Z-axis).
- gear assembly 240 may include an upper or dial gear subassembly 250 and a lower or user gear subassembly 260 .
- Dial gear subassembly 250 may include an upper or dial cogwheel or gear 252 and, in some embodiments, an upper or dial gear shaft 258 that may extend away from gear 252 along an axis of rotation of gear 252 (e.g., axis A along a Z-axis).
- User gear subassembly 260 may include a lower or user cogwheel or gear 262 and, in some embodiments, a lower or user gear shaft 268 that may extend away from gear 262 along an axis of rotation of gear 262 (e.g., axis B along a Z-axis that may be parallel to axis A).
- User gear subassembly 260 may also include a user handle 266 that may be coupled to a portion of gear 262 (e.g., at an end of gear shaft 268 ), such that a user may apply a user force or motion to handle 266 for rotating gear 262 .
- Gear assembly 240 may be configured such that rotation of gear 262 may be configured to rotate or otherwise translate gear 252 , which may be configured to rotate or otherwise translate dial 230 with respect to closure 220 within indicia space 283 .
- gear 262 may include teeth or cogs or any other suitable mechanical feature that may mesh with teeth or cogs or any other suitable mechanical feature of gear 252 to transmit torque therebetween within gear assembly 240 (e.g., as a transmission or gearbox).
- Base 270 may be configured to support at least a portion of gear assembly 240 and/or dial 230 within indicia space 283 when base 270 is coupled to closure 220 .
- at least a portion of user gear subassembly 260 e.g., a bottom portion of gear 262
- base 270 e.g., against an exterior surface of top wall 271 of base 270 .
- a user gear shaft opening 277 may be provided through base 270 (e.g., between top wall 271 and bottom wall 279 ) for enabling at least a portion of user gear shaft 268 and/or user handle 266 to extend therethrough from indicia space 283 to at least a portion of closure space 223 and/or bottle space 293 or for at least enabling a portion of gear subassembly 260 to be accessible therethrough, such that a portion of gear assembly 240 may be accessible to a user when cap 210 is not coupled to bottle 290 (e.g., when a user unscrews cap 210 from bottle 290 for accessing contents 297 ).
- Such accessibility to a portion of gear subassembly 260 by a user external to indicia space 283 may enable a user of assembly 200 to apply a user force or motion to handle 266 for rotating gear 262 .
- user gear shaft opening 277 of base 270 may at least partially define an axis of rotation of user gear 262 and/or may otherwise limit at least a portion of a path along which at least a portion of user gear subassembly 260 may travel (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement of gear subassembly 260 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 283 ).
- user gear 262 may be configured to rotate about an axis B, and gear shaft 268 may extend away from gear 262 along axis B, such that gear shaft opening 277 may align with axis B.
- dial gear subassembly 250 may be coupled to dial 230 (e.g., to an interior surface of top wall 231 of dial 230 within dial space 233 ), such that movement of gear subassembly 250 may provide movement of dial 230 (e.g., rotational movement about axis A).
- a dial gear shaft opening 273 may be provided through at least a portion of base 270 (e.g., through top wall 271 ), where opening 273 may at least partially define an axis of rotation of dial gear 252 and/or may otherwise limit at least a portion of a path along which at least a portion of dial gear subassembly 250 may travel (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement of gear subassembly 250 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 283 ).
- dial gear 252 may be configured to rotate about an axis A, and gear shaft 258 may extend away from gear 252 along axis A, such that gear shaft opening 273 may align with axis A.
- gear shaft opening 273 and/or gear shaft 258 may not be necessary and other features of assembly 200 may define axis A about which gear 252 may rotate.
- the positioning of base 270 , gear subassembly 260 , and dial 230 within indicia space 283 may limit the manner in which gear subassembly 250 may move within indicia space 283 (e.g., only to movement about axis A).
- an interior surface of top end 221 of closure 220 may include a dial movement feature 227 and an exterior surface of top end 231 of dial 230 may include a closure movement feature 237 , where such features 227 and 237 may interact with one another to at least partially define an axis of rotation of dial 230 with respect to closure 220 (e.g., axis A) or otherwise aid or limit such movement (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement of dial 230 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 283 ), for example, where feature 237 may be a nub that may extend into a cut out or notch 227 .
- the thickness of the wall of top end 231 of dial 230 along the Z-axis combined with the thickness of gear assembly 240 along the Z-axis may be substantially equal to or slightly less than a thickness of indicia space 283 along the Z-axis, such that dial 230 and/or gear assembly 240 may be prevented or limited with respect to movement along the Z-axis.
- a user may interact with handle 266 of user gear subassembly 260 , as may be accessible to a user through opening 277 of base 270 , for rotating gear shaft 268 and/or gear 262 in the direction of arrow R 2 about axis B, which may in turn rotate gear 252 of dial subassembly 250 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A, which may in turn rotate dial 230 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A.
- Such rotation of dial 230 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A within indicia space 283 with respect to closure 220 may alter the particular portion of dial 230 and, thus, the particular portion of dial indicia 236 that may be aligned with a particular closure indicia passageway 226 / 276 , which may alter what information may be provided to a user of assembly 200 by that particular portion of dial indicia 236 .
- a first indication of top dial indicia 236 t may be aligned with and visible through indicia passageway 226 t
- a first indication of side dial indicia 236 s may be aligned with and visible through indicia passageway 226 s
- a first indication of bottom dial indicia 236 b may be aligned with and visible through indicia passageway 276 (e.g., visible by a user when cap 210 is removed from bottle 290 ).
- a liquid proof cover 269 may be provided over at least a portion of gear assembly 240 . For example, as shown in FIG.
- any suitable cover 269 may be provided over a portion of the exterior surface of bottom 279 of base 270 (e.g., over opening 277 and any portion of gear assembly 240 that may extend out from opening 277 beyond bottom 279 ), whereby cover 269 may prevent any liquid or other element that may have a detrimental effect on the functionality of gear assembly 240 from entering into indicia space 283 via opening 277 (e.g., liquid contents of bottle 290 ).
- Cover 269 may be any suitable material (e.g., rubber) that may be flexible enough to enable a user to grasp/push/rotate handle 266 or otherwise interact with gear assembly 240 for moving dial 230 .
- cap subassembly 210 may be configured to enable rotation of dial 230 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A within indicia space 283 with respect to closure 220 from a first orientation to a second orientation (e.g., to keep track of a medication schedule for content of bottle 290 ) by enabling user rotation of handle 266 in the direction of arrow R 2 about axis B
- cap subassembly 210 may be configured to prevent rotation of dial 230 in the opposite direction of arrow R 2 about axis A.
- gear assembly 240 may include a ratchet component 242 and base 270 may include a stopper component 272 that may be configured to interact with ratchet component 242 for preventing rotation of gear subassembly 250 and, thus, dial 230 in the direction of arrow R 2 while enabling rotation of gear subassembly 250 in the direction of arrow R 1 .
- ratchet component 242 may be provided along a portion of gear subassembly 250 (e.g., adjacent a top portion of gear 252 at or near dial 230 ) and base 270 may provide stopper component 272 just adjacent ratchet component 242 in the +X direction (e.g., at the top end of an extension body 278 that may extend from a top surface 271 of the base body of base 270 ), such that a free end of stopper component 272 may enable rotation of ratchet component 242 and, thus, gear 252 and dial 230 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A and at the same time prevent rotation of ratchet component 242 and, thus, gear 252 and dial 230 in the direction of arrow R 2 about axis A (e.g., due to the geometrical relationship between teeth or other suitable features of ratchet component 242 and the free end of stopper component 272 ).
- interaction of ratchet component 242 and stopper component 272 may provide a user with an audible and/or tactile feedback to user adjustment of the indicia of assembly 200 .
- stopper component 272 may be tensioned by a suitable amount such that the free end of stopper component 272 may exert a suitable force on ratchet component 242 for even preventing rotation of dial 230 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A, where such a force may be overcome by an intentional user force on handle 266 but that may not be overcome by any unintentional forces to which cap subassembly 210 may be susceptible during normal use of assembly 200 , such that components 242 / 272 may enable proper rotation of dial 230 in the direction of arrow R 1 but only if at least a certain amount of threshold force is applied to gear assembly 240 (e.g., to handle 266 ).
- gear assembly 240 may be configured to have a resting state in which movement of gear subassembly 250 may not translate into motion of gear subassembly 260 (and vice versa) and an active state in which movement of gear subassembly 250 may translate into motion of gear subassembly 260 (and vice versa). For example, as shown in FIG.
- gear assembly 240 may be in a resting state, whereby a spacing distance (e.g., similar to spacing distance 141 ) may exist between gear 252 and gear 262 (e.g., along the X-axis and/or along the Z-axis of FIG. 7 ), such that any rotation of user gear 262 in such a resting state (e.g., about axis B in the direction of arrow R 1 or arrow R 2 ) would not be translated into a rotation of dial gear 252 .
- a spacing distance e.g., similar to spacing distance 141
- gear 262 e.g., along the X-axis and/or along the Z-axis of FIG. 7
- a user may first apply an upward force (e.g., in the +Z direction along axis B) on gear subassembly 260 (e.g., via handle 266 ), such that gear 262 may be moved upwards by the spacing distance in order to contact gear 252 (e.g., such that teeth of gear 262 may mesh with teeth of gear 252 ), and then the user may apply a rotation force (e.g., in the direction of arrow R 2 about axis B) to user gear subassembly 260 (e.g., via handle 266 ) for rotating meshed dial gear 252 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A.
- This may help prevent unintentional rotation of dial 230 and, thus, unintentional updating of exposed dial indicia 236 .
- a height of indicia space 283 between top 221 and bottom 279 of assembly 200 may be shorter than a height of indicia space 183 between top 121 and bottom 179 of assembly 100 for a given height of a dial (e.g., along the Z-axis), which may reduce the overall height of the cap subassembly.
- a distance between bottom dial indicia 236 b on bottom dial wall 239 and base indicia passageway 276 through base 270 of assembly 200 may be shorter than a distance between bottom dial indicia 136 b on bottom dial wall 139 and base indicia passageway 176 through base 170 of assembly 100 (e.g., along the Z-axis), which may increase a user's ability to view the bottom dial indicia.
- FIG. 8 shows another illustrative bottle container assembly 300 , which may be similar to assembly 100 of FIGS. 1-6 but may include a hollow dial within which at least a portion of a gear assembly may reside.
- Assembly 300 of FIG. 8 may include similar components to assembly 100 of FIGS. 1-6 , with components of assembly 300 of FIG. 8 being labeled with “3xx” reference labels that may correspond to the “1xx” reference labels of the labeled components of assembly 100 of FIGS. 1-6 , where differences therebetween may be described below.
- assembly 300 may include a bottle 390 and a cap 310 that may be coupled to bottle 390 for forming a closed container that may safely hold content therein.
- bottle 390 may include a bottle body that may include one or more side walls 395 that may extend from a closed bottom end (not shown) to an at least partially open top end 391 for defining an interior bottle space 393 .
- Bottle 390 may be configured such that a user may insert content (not shown) through open end 391 into bottle space 393 (e.g., along the ⁇ Z direction) and/or may remove content from bottle space 393 through open end 391 (e.g., along the +Z direction).
- Bottle 390 may be any suitable container portion that may be configured to hold any suitable content in any suitable way.
- Bottle 390 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions.
- Cap 310 may be configured to be removably coupled to bottle 390 , such that cap 310 may cover open end 391 for preventing a user from accessing bottle space 393 when cap 310 is coupled to bottle 390 , and such that cap 310 may not cover at least a portion of open end 391 for enabling a user to access bottle space 393 when cap 310 is not coupled to bottle 390 .
- Assembly 300 may be configured in any suitable way for enabling cap subassembly to be removably coupled to bottle 390 .
- bottle 390 may include at least one cap attachment feature 392 and cap 310 may include at least one bottle attachment feature 328 , where cap attachment feature 392 and bottle attachment feature 328 may be any suitable combination of reciprocal or otherwise related features that may be configured to interact with each other for removably coupling cap 310 to bottle 390 (e.g., threads, snaps, notches, clips, location or transition fits, etc.).
- Bottle 390 may also include a lip 394 , which may protrude from an exterior surface of body 395 below cap attachment feature 392 , where lip 394 may be configured to suspend cap subassembly 310 by at least a certain distance above the closed end. Cap attachment feature 392 and/or lip 394 may ensure a specific relationship between cap 310 and bottle 390 when cap 310 is coupled to bottle 390 .
- Cap 310 may include a closure 320 , a dial 330 , a gear assembly 340 , and a base 370 .
- Closure 320 of cap 310 may include a closure body that may include one or more side walls 325 that may extend from an at least partially closed top end 321 to an at least partially open bottom end 329 for defining an interior closure space 323 .
- Closure 320 may also include one or more closure indicia passageways 326 through any suitable portions of closure 320 for selectively exposing to a user one or more other portions of cap subassembly 300 (e.g., portions of dial 330 , as described below).
- closure indicia passageways 326 may include at least one top closure indicia passageway 326 t that may be provided through the wall of top end 321 of closure 320 and/or at least one side closure indicia passageway 326 s that may be provided through one or more side walls 325 of closure 320 .
- each closure indicia passageway 326 may be a hollow opening through a wall or other portion of closure 320 or may be such an opening that may be covered by or otherwise configured to include a transparent or translucent material or any other suitable object (e.g., a magnifying glass 326 tm , 326 sm , etc.) that may enable communication of information therethrough to a user of assembly 300 .
- Closure 320 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions.
- Dial 330 of cap 310 may include a dial body that may include one or more side walls 335 that may extend from an at least partially closed top end 331 to an open bottom end 339 . Unlike dial 130 , which may be a solid or closed shape, dial 330 may define an interior dial space 333 , which may be accessible via open bottom end 339 . Dial 330 may include any suitable dial indicia 336 on any suitable portions of dial 330 for selective display to a user of assembly 300 .
- dial indicia 336 may include top dial indicia 336 t that may be provided on an exterior surface of top end 331 of dial 330 , and/or side dial indicia 336 s that may be provided on an exterior surface of one or more side walls 335 of dial 330 .
- Dial 330 may be configured to fit at least partially within closure space 323 , such that dial 330 may be moved within closure space 323 with respect to closure 320 for selectively aligning different dial indicia 336 of dial 330 with a closure indicia passageway 326 of closure 320 .
- Dial 330 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions.
- Base 370 of cap 310 may include a base body that may include one or more side walls 375 that may extend from an at least partially closed top end 371 to an at least partially closed bottom end 379 .
- Base 370 may be configured to be coupled (e.g., permanently or removably) to closure 320 , such that, for example, base 370 and closure 320 may together define at least a portion of an indicia space 383 within which dial 330 may be positioned.
- base 370 may include at least one closure attachment feature (e.g., the shape of an exterior surface of side wall(s) 375 of base 370 ) and closure 320 may include at least one base attachment feature 324 (e.g., one or more grooves or female threads protruding from an interior surface of closure 320 ), where base 370 may snap into or otherwise fit base 370 within base attachment feature 324 for securing base 370 within closure space 323 , which may thereby define a reduced indicia space 383 between closure 320 and base 370 .
- closure attachment feature e.g., the shape of an exterior surface of side wall(s) 375 of base 370
- closure 320 may include at least one base attachment feature 324 (e.g., one or more grooves or female threads protruding from an interior surface of closure 320 ), where base 370 may snap into or otherwise fit base 370 within base attachment feature 324 for securing base 370 within closure space 323 , which may thereby define a reduced ind
- Base attachment feature 324 may be positioned above bottle attachment feature 328 within closure space 323 of closure 320 such that base 370 may be coupled to closure 320 while still enabling bottle attachment feature 328 to removably couple closure 320 to bottle 390 .
- closure space 323 may be defined by the interior surface(s) of side wall(s) 325 , top end 321 , and bottom end 329 of closure 320
- indicia space 383 may be defined by the interior surface(s) of side wall(s) 325 and top end 321 of closure 320 as well as by base 370 , such that indicia space 383 may be a portion of closure space 323 .
- base 370 may be configured to fit at least partially within closure space 323 , such that base 370 may define at least a portion of the bottom of indicia space 383 .
- Base 370 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions.
- Dial 330 may be at least partially positioned within indicia space 383 when base 370 is coupled to closure 320 .
- at least a portion of base 370 may be positioned within dial space 333 .
- Gear assembly 340 of cap 310 may be at least partially positioned within indicia space 383 along with dial 330 , and gear assembly 340 may be configured to selectively move dial 330 within indicia space 383 with respect to closure 320 for selectively aligning different dial indicia 336 with a closure indicia passageway 326 of closure 320 . Moreover, as shown, unlike assembly 100 , at least a portion of gear assembly 340 may be positioned within dial space 333 .
- Gear assembly 340 may include one or more gears that may be configured to translate a user motion that may be applied to a first portion of gear assembly 340 into movement of dial 330 with indicia space 383 (e.g., rotation of dial 330 about an axis A along a Z-axis).
- gear assembly 340 may include an upper or dial gear subassembly 350 and a lower or user gear subassembly 360 .
- Dial gear subassembly 350 may include an upper or dial cogwheel or gear 352 and, in some embodiments, an upper or dial gear shaft 358 that may extend away from gear 352 along an axis of rotation of gear 352 (e.g., axis A along a Z-axis).
- User gear subassembly 360 may include a lower or user cogwheel or gear 362 and, in some embodiments, a lower or user gear shaft 368 that may extend away from gear 362 along an axis of rotation of gear 362 (e.g., axis B along a Z-axis that may be parallel to axis A).
- User gear subassembly 360 may also include a user handle 366 that may be coupled to a portion of gear 362 (e.g., at an end of gear shaft 368 ), such that a user may apply a user force or motion to handle 366 for rotating gear 362 .
- Gear assembly 340 may be configured such that rotation of gear 362 may be configured to rotate or otherwise translate gear 352 , which may be configured to rotate or otherwise translate dial 330 with respect to closure 320 within indicia space 383 .
- gear 362 may include teeth or cogs or any other suitable mechanical feature that may mesh with teeth or cogs or any other suitable mechanical feature of gear 352 to transmit torque therebetween within gear assembly 340 (e.g., as a transmission or gearbox).
- Base 370 may be configured to support at least a portion of gear assembly 340 and/or dial 330 within indicia space 383 when base 370 is coupled to closure 320 .
- at least a portion of user gear subassembly 360 e.g., a bottom portion of gear 362
- base 370 e.g., against an exterior surface of top wall 371 of base 370 .
- a user gear shaft opening 377 may be provided through base 370 (e.g., between top wall 371 and bottom wall 379 ) for enabling at least a portion of user gear shaft 368 and/or user handle 366 to extend therethrough from indicia space 383 to at least a portion of closure space 323 and/or bottle space 393 or for at least enabling a portion of gear subassembly 360 to be accessible therethrough, such that a portion of gear assembly 340 may be accessible to a user when cap 310 is not coupled to bottle 390 (e.g., when a user unscrews cap 310 from bottle 390 for accessing contents 397 ).
- Such accessibility to a portion of gear subassembly 360 by a user external to indicia space 383 may enable a user of assembly 300 to apply a user force or motion to handle 366 for rotating gear 362 .
- user gear shaft opening 377 of base 370 may at least partially define an axis of rotation of user gear 362 and/or may otherwise limit at least a portion of a path along which at least a portion of user gear subassembly 360 may travel (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement of gear subassembly 360 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 383 ).
- user gear 362 may be configured to rotate about an axis B, and gear shaft 368 may extend away from gear 362 along axis B, such that gear shaft opening 377 may align with axis B.
- dial gear subassembly 350 may be coupled to dial 330 (e.g., to an interior surface of top wall 331 of dial 330 within dial space 333 ), such that movement of gear subassembly 350 may provide movement of dial 330 (e.g., rotational movement about axis A).
- a dial gear shaft opening 373 may be provided through at least a portion of base 370 (e.g., through top wall 371 ), where opening 373 may at least partially define an axis of rotation of dial gear 352 and/or may otherwise limit at least a portion of a path along which at least a portion of dial gear subassembly 350 may travel (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement of gear subassembly 350 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 383 ).
- dial gear 352 may be configured to rotate about an axis A, and gear shaft 358 may extend away from gear 352 along axis A, such that gear shaft opening 373 may align with axis A.
- gear shaft opening 373 and/or gear shaft 358 may not be necessary and other features of assembly 300 may define axis A about which gear 352 may rotate.
- the positioning of base 370 , gear subassembly 360 , and dial 330 within indicia space 383 may limit the manner in which gear subassembly 350 may move within indicia space 383 (e.g., only to movement about axis A).
- an interior surface of top end 321 of closure 320 may include a dial movement feature 327 and an exterior surface of top end 331 of dial 330 may include a closure movement feature 337 , where such features 327 and 337 may interact with one another to at least partially define an axis of rotation of dial 330 with respect to closure 320 (e.g., axis A) or otherwise aid or limit such movement (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement of dial 330 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 383 ), for example, where feature 337 may be a nub that may extend into a cut out or notch 327 .
- the thickness of the wall of top end 331 of dial 330 along the Z-axis combined with the thickness of gear assembly 340 along the Z-axis may be substantially equal to or slightly less than a thickness of indicia space 383 along the Z-axis, such that dial 330 and/or gear assembly 340 may be prevented or limited with respect to movement along the Z-axis.
- a user may interact with handle 366 of user gear subassembly 360 , as may be accessible to a user through opening 377 of base 370 , for rotating gear shaft 368 and/or gear 362 in the direction of arrow R 2 about axis B, which may in turn rotate gear 352 of dial subassembly 350 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A, which may in turn rotate dial 330 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A.
- Such rotation of dial 330 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A within indicia space 383 with respect to closure 320 may alter the particular portion of dial 330 and, thus, the particular portion of dial indicia 336 that may be aligned with a particular closure indicia passageway 326 , which may alter what information may be provided to a user of assembly 300 by that particular portion of dial indicia 336 .
- FIG. 1 As shown in FIG.
- a first indication of top dial indicia 336 t may be aligned with and visible through indicia passageway 326 t and/or a first indication of side dial indicia 336 s may be aligned with and visible through indicia passageway 326 s .
- handle 366 may include a telescopic (e.g., antenna-like) arm 367 that may be configured to extend from a first short state within gear shaft 368 to a second elongated state at least partially elongated outside of gear shaft 368 (e.g., as shown in FIG.
- handle 366 may enable handle 366 to elongate for easier use by a user and then retract within shaft 368 so as not to extend (too far) out from indicia space 383 so as to interfere with content of bottle 390 or a factory protective seal that may be initially provided by bottle 390 (e.g., across top 391 ).
- cap subassembly 310 may be configured to enable rotation of dial 330 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A within indicia space 383 with respect to closure 320 from a first orientation to a second orientation (e.g., to keep track of a medication schedule for content of bottle 390 ) by enabling user rotation of handle 366 in the direction of arrow R 2 about axis B
- cap subassembly 310 may be configured to prevent rotation of dial 330 in the opposite direction of arrow R 2 about axis A.
- gear assembly 340 may include a ratchet component 348 and base 370 may include a stopper component 372 that may be configured to interact with ratchet component 348 for preventing rotation of gear subassembly 360 in the direction of arrow R 1 and, thus, rotation of gear 350 and dial 330 in the direction of arrow R 2 while enabling rotation of gear subassembly 350 in the direction of arrow R 1 .
- ratchet component 348 may be provided along a portion of gear subassembly 360 (e.g., adjacent a top portion of gear 362 ) and base 370 may provide stopper component 372 just adjacent ratchet component 348 in the ⁇ X direction (e.g., at the top end of an extension body 378 that may extend from a top surface 371 of the base body of base 370 ), such that a free end of stopper component 372 may enable rotation of ratchet component 348 and, thus, gear 360 in the direction of arrow R 2 about axis A and, thus gear 350 and dial 330 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A and at the same time prevent rotation of ratchet component 348 and, thus, gear 362 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A and, thus, gear 352 and dial 330 in the direction of arrow R 2 about axis A (e.g., due to the geometrical relationship between teeth or other suitable features of ratchet component
- ratchet component 348 and stopper component 372 may provide a user with an audible and/or tactile feedback to user adjustment of the indicia of assembly 300 .
- stopper component 372 may be tensioned by a suitable amount such that the free end of stopper component 372 may exert a suitable force on ratchet component 348 for even preventing rotation of dial 330 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A, where such a force may be overcome by an intentional user force on handle 366 but that may not be overcome by any unintentional forces to which cap subassembly 310 may be susceptible during normal use of assembly 300 , such that components 348 / 372 may enable proper rotation of dial 330 in the direction of arrow R 1 but only if at least a certain amount of threshold force is applied to gear assembly 340 (e.g., to handle 366 ). Therefore, a stopper component may be configured to interact with a ratchet component coupled to a user gear subassembl
- gear assembly 340 may be configured to have a resting state in which movement of gear subassembly 350 may not translate into motion of gear subassembly 360 (and vice versa) and an active state in which movement of gear subassembly 350 may translate into motion of gear subassembly 360 (and vice versa). For example, as shown in FIG.
- gear assembly 340 may be in a resting state, whereby a spacing distance (e.g., similar to spacing distance 141 ) may exist between gear 352 and gear 362 (e.g., along the X-axis and/or along the Z-axis of FIG. 8 ), such that any rotation of user gear 362 in such a resting state (e.g., about axis B in the direction of arrow R 1 or arrow R 2 ) would not be translated into a rotation of dial gear 352 .
- a spacing distance e.g., similar to spacing distance 141
- gear 362 e.g., along the X-axis and/or along the Z-axis of FIG. 8
- a user may first apply an upward force (e.g., in the +Z direction along axis B) on gear subassembly 360 (e.g., via handle 366 ), such that gear 362 may be moved upwards by the spacing distance in order to contact gear 352 (e.g., such that teeth of gear 362 may mesh with teeth of gear 352 ), and then the user may apply a rotation force (e.g., in the direction of arrow R 2 about axis B) to user gear subassembly 360 (e.g., via handle 366 ) for rotating meshed dial gear 352 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A.
- This may help prevent unintentional rotation of dial 330 and, thus, unintentional updating of exposed dial indicia 336 .
- a height of indicia space 383 between top 321 and bottom 379 of assembly 300 may be shorter than a height of indicia space 183 between top 121 and bottom 179 of assembly 100 for a given height of a dial (e.g., along the Z-axis), which may reduce the overall height of the cap subassembly.
- FIG. 9 shows another illustrative bottle container assembly 400 , which may be similar to assembly 100 of FIGS. 1-6 but may include a flat dial and a reduced profile base.
- Assembly 400 of FIG. 9 may include similar components to assembly 100 of FIGS. 1-6 , with components of assembly 400 of FIG. 9 being labeled with “4xx” reference labels that may correspond to the “1xx” reference labels of the labeled components of assembly 100 of FIGS. 1-6 , where differences therebetween may be described below.
- assembly 400 may include a bottle 490 and a cap 410 that may be coupled to bottle 490 for forming a closed container that may safely hold content therein.
- bottle 490 may include a bottle body that may include one or more side walls 495 that may extend from a closed bottom end (not shown) to an at least partially open top end 491 for defining an interior bottle space 493 .
- Bottle 490 may be configured such that a user may insert content (not shown) through open end 491 into bottle space 493 (e.g., along the ⁇ Z direction) and/or may remove content from bottle space 493 through open end 491 (e.g., along the +Z direction).
- Bottle 490 may be any suitable container portion that may be configured to hold any suitable content in any suitable way.
- Bottle 490 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions.
- Cap 410 may be configured to be removably coupled to bottle 490 , such that cap 410 may cover open end 491 for preventing a user from accessing bottle space 493 when cap 410 is coupled to bottle 490 , and such that cap 410 may not cover at least a portion of open end 491 for enabling a user to access bottle space 493 when cap 410 is not coupled to bottle 490 .
- Assembly 400 may be configured in any suitable way for enabling cap subassembly to be removably coupled to bottle 490 .
- bottle 490 may include at least one cap attachment feature 492 and cap 410 may include at least one bottle attachment feature 428 , where cap attachment feature 492 and bottle attachment feature 428 may be any suitable combination of reciprocal or otherwise related features that may be configured to interact with each other for removably coupling cap 410 to bottle 490 (e.g., threads, snaps, notches, clips, location or transition fits, etc.).
- Bottle 490 may also include a lip 494 , which may protrude from an exterior surface of body 495 below cap attachment feature 492 , where lip 494 may be configured to suspend cap subassembly 410 by at least a certain distance above the closed end. Cap attachment feature 492 and/or lip 494 may ensure a specific relationship between cap 410 and bottle 490 when cap 410 is coupled to bottle 490 .
- Cap 410 may include a closure 420 , a dial 430 , a gear assembly 440 , and a base 470 .
- Closure 420 of cap 410 may include a closure body that may include one or more side walls 425 that may extend from an at least partially closed top end 421 to an at least partially open bottom end 429 for defining an interior closure space 423 .
- Closure 420 may also include one or more closure indicia passageways 426 through any suitable portions of closure 420 for selectively exposing to a user one or more other portions of cap subassembly 400 (e.g., portions of dial 430 , as described below).
- closure indicia passageways 426 may include at least one top closure indicia passageway 426 t that may be provided through the wall of top end 421 of closure 420 .
- each closure indicia passageway 426 may be a hollow opening through a wall or other portion of closure 420 or may be such an opening that may be covered by or otherwise configured to include a transparent or translucent material or any other suitable object (e.g., a magnifying glass 426 tm ) that may enable communication of information therethrough to a user of assembly 400 .
- Closure 420 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions.
- Dial 430 of cap 410 may include a dial body that may include one or more side walls that may extend from an at least partially closed top end 431 to an at least partially closed bottom end 439 .
- dial 430 may be a relatively thin closed dial (e.g., along the Z-axis) with no side dial indicia, which may reduce the thickness of cap 410 .
- Dial 430 may include any suitable dial indicia 436 on any suitable portions of dial 430 for selective display to a user of assembly 400 .
- dial indicia 436 may include top dial indicia 436 t that may be provided on an exterior surface of top end 431 of dial 430 , and/or bottom dial indicia 436 b that may be provided on an exterior surface of bottom end 439 .
- Dial 430 may be configured to fit at least partially within closure space 423 , such that dial 430 may be moved within closure space 423 with respect to closure 420 for selectively aligning different dial indicia 436 of dial 430 with a closure indicia passageway 426 of closure 420 and/or a base indicia passageway 476 of base 470 (described below).
- Dial 430 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions.
- Base 470 of cap 410 may include a base body that may include one or more side walls 475 that may extend from an at least partially closed top end 471 to an at least partially closed bottom end 479 .
- Base 470 may be configured to be coupled (e.g., permanently or removably) to closure 420 , such that, for example, base 470 and closure 420 may together define at least a portion of an indicia space 483 within which dial 430 may be positioned.
- base 470 may include at least one closure attachment feature (e.g., the shape of an exterior surface of side wall(s) 475 of base 470 ) and closure 420 may include at least one base attachment feature 424 (e.g., one or more grooves or female threads protruding from an interior surface of closure 420 ), where base 470 may snap into or otherwise fit base 470 within base attachment feature 424 for securing base 470 within closure space 423 , which may thereby define a reduced indicia space 483 between closure 420 and base 470 .
- closure attachment feature e.g., the shape of an exterior surface of side wall(s) 475 of base 470
- closure 420 may include at least one base attachment feature 424 (e.g., one or more grooves or female threads protruding from an interior surface of closure 420 ), where base 470 may snap into or otherwise fit base 470 within base attachment feature 424 for securing base 470 within closure space 423 , which may thereby define a reduced ind
- Base attachment feature 424 may be positioned above bottle attachment feature 428 within closure space 423 of closure 420 such that base 470 may be coupled to closure 420 while still enabling bottle attachment feature 428 to removably couple closure 420 to bottle 490 .
- closure space 423 may be defined by the interior surface(s) of side wall(s) 425 , top end 421 , and bottom end 429 of closure 420
- indicia space 483 may be defined by the interior surface(s) of side wall(s) 425 and top end 421 of closure 420 as well as by base 470 , such that indicia space 483 may be a portion of closure space 423 .
- base 470 may be configured to fit at least partially within closure space 423 , such that base 470 may define at least a portion of the bottom of indicia space 483 .
- Base 470 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions.
- Dial 430 may be at least partially positioned within indicia space 483 when base 470 is coupled to closure 420 .
- Base 470 may have less material than base 270 or base 370 , and a thickness of base 470 (e.g., along the Z-axis) may be substantially constant while portions of base 470 may run adjacently along bottom 439 of dial 430 (e.g., to support dial 430 ).
- Gear assembly 440 of cap 410 may be at least partially positioned within indicia space 483 along with dial 430 , and gear assembly 440 may be configured to selectively move dial 430 within indicia space 483 with respect to closure 420 for selectively aligning different dial indicia 436 with a closure indicia passageway 426 of closure 420 .
- Gear assembly 440 may include one or more gears that may be configured to translate a user motion that may be applied to a first portion of gear assembly 440 into movement of dial 430 with indicia space 483 (e.g., rotation of dial 430 about an axis A along a Z-axis).
- gear assembly 440 may include an upper or dial gear subassembly 450 and a lower or user gear subassembly 460 .
- Dial gear subassembly 450 may include an upper or dial cogwheel or gear 452 and, in some embodiments, an upper or dial gear shaft 458 that may extend away from gear 452 along an axis of rotation of gear 452 (e.g., axis A along a Z-axis).
- User gear subassembly 460 may include a lower or user cogwheel or gear 462 and, in some embodiments, a lower or user gear shaft 468 that may extend away from gear 462 along an axis of rotation of gear 462 (e.g., axis B along a Z-axis that may be parallel to axis A).
- User gear subassembly 460 may also include a user handle 466 that may be coupled to a portion of gear 462 (e.g., at an end of gear shaft 468 ), such that a user may apply a user force or motion to handle 466 for rotating gear 462 .
- Gear assembly 440 may be configured such that rotation of gear 462 may be configured to rotate or otherwise translate gear 452 , which may be configured to rotate or otherwise translate dial 430 with respect to closure 420 within indicia space 483 .
- gear 462 may include teeth or cogs or any other suitable mechanical feature that may mesh with teeth or cogs or any other suitable mechanical feature of gear 452 to transmit torque therebetween within gear assembly 440 (e.g., as a transmission or gearbox).
- Base 470 may be configured to support at least a portion of gear assembly 440 and/or dial 430 within indicia space 483 when base 470 is coupled to closure 420 .
- at least a portion of user gear subassembly 460 e.g., a bottom portion of gear 462
- base 470 e.g., against an exterior surface of top wall 471 of base 470 .
- a user gear shaft opening 477 may be provided through base 470 (e.g., between top wall 471 and bottom wall 479 ) for enabling at least a portion of user gear shaft 468 and/or user handle 466 to extend therethrough from indicia space 483 to at least a portion of closure space 423 and/or bottle space 493 or for at least enabling a portion of gear subassembly 460 to be accessible therethrough, such that a portion of gear assembly 440 may be accessible to a user when cap 410 is not coupled to bottle 490 (e.g., when a user unscrews cap 410 from bottle 490 for accessing contents 497 ).
- Such accessibility to a portion of gear subassembly 460 by a user external to indicia space 483 may enable a user of assembly 400 to apply a user force or motion to handle 466 for rotating gear 462 .
- user gear shaft opening 477 of base 470 may at least partially define an axis of rotation of user gear 462 and/or may otherwise limit at least a portion of a path along which at least a portion of user gear subassembly 460 may travel (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement of gear subassembly 460 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 483 ).
- user gear 462 may be configured to rotate about an axis B, and gear shaft 468 may extend away from gear 462 along axis B, such that gear shaft opening 477 may align with axis B.
- dial gear subassembly 450 may be coupled to dial 430 (e.g., to bottom wall 439 of dial 430 ), such that movement of gear subassembly 450 may provide movement of dial 430 (e.g., rotational movement about axis A).
- a dial gear shaft opening 473 may be provided through at least a portion of base 470 (e.g., through top wall 471 ), where opening 473 may at least partially define an axis of rotation of dial gear 452 and/or may otherwise limit at least a portion of a path along which at least a portion of dial gear subassembly 450 may travel (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement of gear subassembly 450 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 483 ).
- dial gear 452 may be configured to rotate about an axis A, and gear shaft 458 may extend away from gear 452 along axis A, such that gear shaft opening 473 may align with axis A.
- gear shaft opening 473 and/or gear shaft 458 may not be necessary and other features of assembly 400 may define axis A about which gear 452 may rotate.
- the positioning of base 470 , gear subassembly 460 , and dial 430 within indicia space 483 may limit the manner in which gear subassembly 450 may move within indicia space 483 (e.g., only to movement about axis A).
- an interior surface of top end 421 of closure 420 may include a dial movement feature 427 and an exterior surface of top end 431 of dial 430 may include a closure movement feature 437 , where such features 427 and 437 may interact with one another to at least partially define an axis of rotation of dial 430 with respect to closure 420 (e.g., axis A) or otherwise aid or limit such movement (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement of dial 430 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 483 ), for example, where feature 437 may be a nub that may extend into a cut out or notch 427 .
- the thickness of the wall of top end 431 of dial 430 along the Z-axis combined with the thickness of gear assembly 440 along the Z-axis may be substantially equal to or slightly less than a thickness of indicia space 483 along the Z-axis, such that dial 430 and/or gear assembly 440 may be prevented or limited with respect to movement along the Z-axis.
- a user may interact with handle 466 of user gear subassembly 460 , as may be accessible to a user through opening 477 of base 470 , for rotating gear shaft 468 and/or gear 462 in the direction of arrow R 2 about axis B, which may in turn rotate gear 452 of dial subassembly 450 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A, which may in turn rotate dial 430 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A.
- Such rotation of dial 430 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A within indicia space 483 with respect to closure 420 may alter the particular portion of dial 430 and, thus, the particular portion of dial indicia 436 that may be aligned with a particular closure indicia passageway 426 , which may alter what information may be provided to a user of assembly 400 by that particular portion of dial indicia 436 .
- FIG. 1 As shown in FIG.
- a first indication of top dial indicia 436 t may be aligned with and visible through indicia passageway 426 t and/or a first indication of bottom dial indicia 436 b may be aligned with and visible through indicia passageway 476 of base 470 .
- handle 466 may include a rotatable arm 467 about a pivot 465 of shaft 468 that may be configured to rotate from a first short state (e.g., with respect to the Z-axis) such that arm 467 may extend up towards base 470 (e.g., as shown in FIG.
- a second elongated state (e.g., with respect to the Z-axis), which may enable handle 466 to elongate for easier use by a user and then rotatably retract so as not to extend (e.g., too far) out away from base 470 and/or indicia space 483 so as to interfere with content of bottle 490 or a factory protective seal that may be initially provided by bottle 490 (e.g., across top 491 ).
- Such rotation of arm 467 with respect to shaft 468 may enable easier rotation of shaft 468 about axis B through rotation of the free end of arm 467 about axis B and within an X-Y plane, which may provide a user with additional leverage than may be provided by a free end of shaft 468 .
- cap subassembly 410 may be configured to enable rotation of dial 430 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A within indicia space 483 with respect to closure 420 from a first orientation to a second orientation (e.g., to keep track of a medication schedule for content of bottle 490 ) by enabling user rotation of handle 466 in the direction of arrow R 2 about axis B
- cap subassembly 410 may be configured to prevent rotation of dial 430 in the opposite direction of arrow R 2 about axis A.
- gear assembly 440 may include a ratchet component 442 and base 470 may include a stopper component 472 that may be configured to interact with ratchet component 442 for preventing rotation of gear subassembly 450 in the direction of arrow R 2 while enabling rotation of gear subassembly 450 in the direction of arrow R 1 .
- ratchet component 442 may be provided along a portion of gear subassembly 450 (e.g., adjacent a top portion of gear 452 ) and base 470 may provide stopper component 472 just adjacent ratchet component 442 in the +X direction (e.g., as an extension of a portion of top surface 471 of the base body of base 470 ), such that a free end of stopper component 472 may enable rotation of ratchet component 442 and, thus, gear 450 and dial 430 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A and at the same time prevent rotation of ratchet component 442 and, thus, gear 452 and dial 430 in the direction of arrow R 2 about axis A (e.g., due to the geometrical relationship between teeth or other suitable features of ratchet component 442 and the free end of stopper component 472 ).
- interaction of ratchet component 442 and stopper component 472 may provide a user with an audible and/or tactile feedback to user adjustment of the indicia of assembly 400 .
- stopper component 472 may be tensioned by a suitable amount such that the free end of stopper component 472 may exert a suitable force on ratchet component 442 for even preventing rotation of dial 430 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A, where such a force may be overcome by an intentional user force on handle 466 but that may not be overcome by any unintentional forces to which cap subassembly 410 may be susceptible during normal use of assembly 400 , such that components 442 / 472 may enable proper rotation of dial 430 in the direction of arrow R 1 but only if at least a certain amount of threshold force is applied to gear assembly 440 (e.g., to handle 466 ).
- gear assembly 440 may be configured to have a resting state in which movement of gear subassembly 450 may not translate into motion of gear subassembly 460 (and vice versa) and an active state in which movement of gear subassembly 450 may translate into motion of gear subassembly 460 (and vice versa). For example, as shown in FIG.
- gear assembly 440 may be in a resting state, whereby a spacing distance (e.g., similar to spacing distance 141 ) may exist between gear 452 and gear 462 (e.g., along the X-axis and/or along the Z-axis of FIG. 9 ), such that any rotation of user gear 462 in such a resting state (e.g., about axis B in the direction of arrow R 1 or arrow R 2 ) would not be translated into a rotation of dial gear 452 .
- a spacing distance e.g., similar to spacing distance 141
- gear 462 e.g., along the X-axis and/or along the Z-axis of FIG. 9
- a user may first apply an upward force (e.g., in the +Z direction along axis B) on gear subassembly 460 (e.g., via handle 466 ), such that gear 462 may be moved upwards by the spacing distance in order to contact gear 452 (e.g., such that teeth of gear 462 may mesh with teeth of gear 452 ), and then the user may apply a rotation force (e.g., in the direction of arrow R 2 about axis B) to user gear subassembly 460 (e.g., via handle 466 ) for rotating meshed dial gear 452 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A.
- This may help prevent unintentional rotation of dial 430 and, thus, unintentional updating of exposed dial indicia 436 .
- a height of indicia space 483 between top 421 and bottom 479 of assembly 400 may be shorter than a height of indicia space 183 between top 121 and bottom 179 of assembly 100 , while a portion of that reduced height may be used to store a portion of a handle 466 (e.g., portion 467 ) when in a non-use state.
- FIG. 10 shows another illustrative bottle container assembly 500 , which may be similar to assembly 100 of FIGS. 1-6 but may include a flat dial and a reduced profile base.
- Assembly 500 of FIG. 10 may include similar components to assembly 100 of FIGS. 1-6 , with components of assembly 500 of FIG. 10 being labeled with “5xx” reference labels that may correspond to the “1xx” reference labels of the labeled components of assembly 100 of FIGS. 1-6 , where differences therebetween may be described below.
- assembly 500 may include a bottle 590 and a cap 510 that may be coupled to bottle 590 for forming a closed container that may safely hold content therein.
- bottle 590 may include a bottle body that may include one or more side walls 595 that may extend from a closed bottom end (not shown) to an at least partially open top end 591 for defining an interior bottle space 593 .
- Bottle 590 may be configured such that a user may insert content (not shown) through open end 591 into bottle space 593 (e.g., along the ⁇ Z direction) and/or may remove content from bottle space 593 through open end 591 (e.g., along the +Z direction).
- Bottle 590 may be any suitable container portion that may be configured to hold any suitable content in any suitable way.
- Bottle 590 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions.
- Cap 510 may be configured to be removably coupled to bottle 590 , such that cap 510 may cover open end 591 for preventing a user from accessing bottle space 593 when cap 510 is coupled to bottle 590 , and such that cap 510 may not cover at least a portion of open end 591 for enabling a user to access bottle space 593 when cap 510 is not coupled to bottle 590 .
- Assembly 500 may be configured in any suitable way for enabling cap subassembly to be removably coupled to bottle 590 .
- bottle 590 may include at least one cap attachment feature 592 and cap 510 may include at least one bottle attachment feature 528 , where cap attachment feature 592 and bottle attachment feature 528 may be any suitable combination of reciprocal or otherwise related features that may be configured to interact with each other for removably coupling cap 510 to bottle 590 (e.g., threads, snaps, notches, clips, location or transition fits, etc.).
- Bottle 590 may also include a lip 594 , which may protrude from an exterior surface of body 595 below cap attachment feature 592 , where lip 594 may be configured to suspend cap subassembly 510 by at least a certain distance above the closed end. Cap attachment feature 592 and/or lip 594 may ensure a specific relationship between cap 510 and bottle 590 when cap 510 is coupled to bottle 590 .
- Cap 510 may include a closure 520 , a dial 530 , a gear assembly 540 , and a base 570 .
- Closure 520 of cap 510 may include a closure body that may include one or more side walls 525 that may extend from an at least partially closed top end 521 to an at least partially open bottom end 529 for defining an interior closure space 523 .
- Closure 520 may also include one or more closure indicia passageways 526 through any suitable portions of closure 520 for selectively exposing to a user one or more other portions of cap subassembly 500 (e.g., portions of dial 530 , as described below).
- closure indicia passageways 526 may include at least one top closure indicia passageway 526 t that may be provided through the wall of top end 521 of closure 520 .
- each closure indicia passageway 526 may be a hollow opening through a wall or other portion of closure 520 or may be such an opening that may be covered by or otherwise configured to include a transparent or translucent material or any other suitable object (e.g., a magnifying glass 526 tm ) that may enable communication of information therethrough to a user of assembly 500 .
- Closure 520 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions.
- Dial 530 of cap 510 may include a dial body that may include one or more side walls that may extend from an at least partially closed top end 531 to an at least partially closed bottom end 539 .
- dial 530 may be a relatively thin closed dial (e.g., along the Z-axis) with no side dial indicia, which may reduce the thickness of cap 510 .
- Dial 530 may include any suitable dial indicia 536 on any suitable portions of dial 530 for selective display to a user of assembly 500 .
- dial indicia 536 may include top dial indicia 536 t that may be provided on an exterior surface of top end 531 of dial 530 , and/or bottom dial indicia (not shown) that may be provided on an exterior surface of bottom end 539 .
- Dial 530 may be configured to fit at least partially within closure space 523 , such that dial 530 may be moved within closure space 523 with respect to closure 520 for selectively aligning different dial indicia 536 of dial 530 with a closure indicia passageway 526 of closure 520 and/or a base indicia passageway of base 570 (not shown).
- Dial 530 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions.
- dial 530 may be configured to be coupled (e.g., permanently or removably) to closure 520 , such that, for example, closure 520 may prevent dial 530 from moving (e.g., along the Z-axis).
- dial 530 may include at least one closure attachment feature (e.g., the shape of an exterior surface of side wall(s) 535 of dial 530 ) and closure 520 may include at least one dial attachment feature 522 (e.g., one or more grooves or female threads protruding from an interior surface of closure 520 ), where dial 530 may snap into or otherwise fit dial 530 within dial attachment feature 522 for securing dial 530 within closure space 523 .
- Dial attachment feature 522 may be positioned above both base attachment feature 524 (described below) and bottle attachment feature 528 within closure space 523 of closure 520 such that dial 530 and base 570 may be coupled to closure 520 while still enabling bottle attachment feature 528 to removably couple closure 520 to bottle 590 .
- Base 570 of cap 510 may include a base body that may include one or more side walls 575 that may extend from an at least partially closed top end 571 to an at least partially closed bottom end 579 .
- Base 570 may be configured to be coupled (e.g., permanently or removably) to closure 520 , such that, for example, base 570 and closure 520 may together define at least a portion of an indicia space 583 within which dial 530 may be positioned.
- base 570 may include at least one closure attachment feature (e.g., the shape of an exterior surface of side wall(s) 575 of base 570 ) and closure 520 may include at least one base attachment feature 524 (e.g., one or more grooves or female threads protruding from an interior surface of closure 520 ), where base 570 may snap into or otherwise fit base 570 within base attachment feature 524 for securing base 570 within closure space 523 , which may thereby define a reduced indicia space 583 between closure 520 and base 570 .
- closure attachment feature e.g., the shape of an exterior surface of side wall(s) 575 of base 570
- closure 520 may include at least one base attachment feature 524 (e.g., one or more grooves or female threads protruding from an interior surface of closure 520 ), where base 570 may snap into or otherwise fit base 570 within base attachment feature 524 for securing base 570 within closure space 523 , which may thereby define a reduced ind
- Base attachment feature 524 may be positioned above bottle attachment feature 528 within closure space 523 of closure 520 such that base 570 may be coupled to closure 520 while still enabling bottle attachment feature 528 to removably couple closure 520 to bottle 590 .
- closure space 523 may be defined by the interior surface(s) of side wall(s) 525 , top end 521 , and bottom end 529 of closure 520
- indicia space 583 may be defined by the interior surface(s) of side wall(s) 525 and top end 521 of closure 520 as well as by base 570 , such that indicia space 583 may be a portion of closure space 523 .
- base 570 may be configured to fit at least partially within closure space 523 , such that base 570 may define at least a portion of the bottom of indicia space 583 .
- Base 570 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions.
- Dial 530 may be at least partially positioned within indicia space 583 when base 570 is coupled to closure 520 .
- Base 570 may have less material than base 270 or base 370 , and a thickness of base 570 (e.g., along the Z-axis) may be substantially constant while portions of base 570 may run adjacently along bottom 539 of dial 530 (e.g., to support dial 530 ).
- Gear assembly 540 of cap 510 may be at least partially positioned within indicia space 583 along with dial 530 , and gear assembly 540 may be configured to selectively move dial 530 within indicia space 583 with respect to closure 520 for selectively aligning different dial indicia 536 with a closure indicia passageway 526 of closure 520 .
- Gear assembly 540 may include one or more gears that may be configured to translate a user motion that may be applied to a first portion of gear assembly 540 into movement of dial 530 with indicia space 583 (e.g., rotation of dial 530 about an axis A along a Z-axis).
- gear assembly 540 may include an upper or dial gear subassembly 550 and a lower or user gear subassembly 560 .
- Dial gear subassembly 550 may include an upper or dial cogwheel or gear 552 and, in some embodiments, an upper or dial gear shaft 558 that may extend away from gear 552 along an axis of rotation of gear 552 (e.g., axis A along a Z-axis).
- User gear subassembly 560 may include a lower or user cogwheel or gear 562 and, in some embodiments, a lower or user gear shaft 568 that may extend away from gear 562 along an axis of rotation of gear 562 (e.g., axis B along a Z-axis that may be parallel to axis A).
- User gear subassembly 560 may also include a user handle 566 that may be coupled to a portion of gear 562 (e.g., at an end of gear shaft 568 ), such that a user may apply a user force or motion to handle 566 for rotating gear 562 .
- Gear assembly 540 may be configured such that rotation of gear 562 may be configured to rotate or otherwise translate gear 552 , which may be configured to rotate or otherwise translate dial 530 with respect to closure 520 within indicia space 583 .
- gear 562 may include teeth or cogs or any other suitable mechanical feature that may mesh with teeth or cogs or any other suitable mechanical feature of gear 552 to transmit torque therebetween within gear assembly 540 (e.g., as a transmission or gearbox).
- Base 570 may be configured to support at least a portion of gear assembly 540 and/or dial 530 within indicia space 583 when base 570 is coupled to closure 520 .
- at least a portion of user gear subassembly 560 e.g., a bottom portion of gear 562
- base 570 e.g., against an exterior surface of top wall 571 of base 570 .
- a user gear shaft opening 577 may be provided through base 570 (e.g., between top wall 571 and bottom wall 579 ) for enabling at least a portion of user gear shaft 568 and/or user handle 566 to extend therethrough from indicia space 583 to at least a portion of closure space 523 and/or bottle space 593 or for at least enabling a portion of gear subassembly 560 to be accessible therethrough, such that a portion of gear assembly 540 may be accessible to a user when cap 510 is not coupled to bottle 590 (e.g., when a user unscrews cap 510 from bottle 590 for accessing contents 597 ).
- Such accessibility to a portion of gear subassembly 560 by a user external to indicia space 583 may enable a user of assembly 500 to apply a user force or motion to handle 566 for rotating gear 562 .
- user gear shaft opening 577 of base 570 may at least partially define an axis of rotation of user gear 562 and/or may otherwise limit at least a portion of a path along which at least a portion of user gear subassembly 560 may travel (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement of gear subassembly 560 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 583 ).
- user gear 562 may be configured to rotate about an axis B, and gear shaft 568 may extend away from gear 562 along axis B, such that gear shaft opening 577 may align with axis B.
- dial gear subassembly 550 may be coupled to dial 530 (e.g., to bottom wall 539 of dial 530 ), such that movement of gear subassembly 550 may provide movement of dial 530 (e.g., rotational movement about axis A).
- a dial gear shaft opening 573 may be provided through at least a portion of base 570 (e.g., through top wall 571 ), where opening 573 may at least partially define an axis of rotation of dial gear 552 and/or may otherwise limit at least a portion of a path along which at least a portion of dial gear subassembly 550 may travel (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement of gear subassembly 550 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 583 ).
- dial gear 552 may be configured to rotate about an axis A, and gear shaft 558 may extend away from gear 552 along axis A, such that gear shaft opening 573 may align with axis A.
- gear shaft opening 573 and/or gear shaft 558 may not be necessary and other features of assembly 500 may define axis A about which gear 552 may rotate.
- the positioning of base 570 , gear subassembly 560 , and dial 530 within indicia space 583 may limit the manner in which gear subassembly 550 may move within indicia space 583 (e.g., only to movement about axis A).
- an interior surface of top end 521 of closure 520 may include a dial movement feature 527 and an exterior surface of top end 531 of dial 530 may include a closure movement feature 537 , where such features 527 and 537 may interact with one another to at least partially define an axis of rotation of dial 530 with respect to closure 520 (e.g., axis A) or otherwise aid or limit such movement (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement of dial 530 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 583 ), for example, where feature 537 may be a nub that may extend into a cut out or notch 527 .
- the thickness of the wall of top end 531 of dial 530 along the Z-axis combined with the thickness of gear assembly 540 along the Z-axis may be substantially equal to or slightly less than a thickness of indicia space 583 along the Z-axis, such that dial 530 and/or gear assembly 540 may be prevented or limited with respect to movement along the Z-axis.
- a user may interact with handle 566 of user gear subassembly 560 , as may be accessible to a user through opening 577 of base 570 , for rotating gear shaft 568 and/or gear 562 in the direction of arrow R 2 about axis B, which may in turn rotate gear 552 of dial subassembly 550 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A, which may in turn rotate dial 530 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A.
- Such rotation of dial 530 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A within indicia space 583 with respect to closure 520 may alter the particular portion of dial 530 and, thus, the particular portion of dial indicia 536 that may be aligned with a particular closure indicia passageway 526 , which may alter what information may be provided to a user of assembly 500 by that particular portion of dial indicia 536 .
- a first indication of top dial indicia 536 t may be aligned with and visible through indicia passageway 526 t .
- handle 566 may include a flexible arm that may be configured to bend or flex in any suitable direction and/or to any suitable shape (e.g., with respect to the Z-axis) such that handle 566 may extend up towards or at least parallel to base 570 (e.g., as shown in FIG.
- a second elongated state (e.g., with respect to the Z-axis), which may enable handle 566 to extend away from base 570 for easier use by a user and then bend towards or along base 570 so as not to extend (too far) out away from base 570 and/or indicia space 583 so as to interfere with content of bottle 590 or a factory protective seal that may be initially provided by bottle 590 (e.g., across top 591 ).
- cap subassembly 510 may be configured to enable rotation of dial 530 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A within indicia space 583 with respect to closure 520 from a first orientation to a second orientation (e.g., to keep track of a medication schedule for content of bottle 590 ) by enabling user rotation of handle 566 in the direction of arrow R 2 about axis B
- cap subassembly 510 may be configured to prevent rotation of dial 530 in the opposite direction of arrow R 2 about axis A.
- gear assembly 540 may include a ratchet component 542 and base 570 may include a stopper component 572 that may be configured to interact with ratchet component 542 for preventing rotation of gear subassembly 550 in the direction of arrow R 2 while enabling rotation of gear subassembly 550 in the direction of arrow R 1 .
- ratchet component 542 may be provided along a portion of gear subassembly 550 (e.g., adjacent a top portion of gear 552 ) and base 570 may provide stopper component 572 just adjacent ratchet component 542 in the +X direction (e.g., as an extension of a portion of top surface 571 of the base body of base 570 ), such that a free end of stopper component 572 may enable rotation of ratchet component 542 and, thus, gear 550 and dial 530 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A and at the same time prevent rotation of ratchet component 542 and, thus, gear 552 and dial 530 in the direction of arrow R 2 about axis A (e.g., due to the geometrical relationship between teeth or other suitable features of ratchet component 542 and the free end of stopper component 572 ).
- interaction of ratchet component 542 and stopper component 572 may provide a user with an audible and/or tactile feedback to user adjustment of the indicia of assembly 500 .
- stopper component 572 may be tensioned by a suitable amount such that the free end of stopper component 572 may exert a suitable force on ratchet component 542 for even preventing rotation of dial 530 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A, where such a force may be overcome by an intentional user force on handle 566 but that may not be overcome by any unintentional forces to which cap subassembly 510 may be susceptible during normal use of assembly 500 , such that components 542 / 572 may enable proper rotation of dial 530 in the direction of arrow R 1 but only if at least a certain amount of threshold force is applied to gear assembly 540 (e.g., to handle 566 ).
- gear assembly 540 may be configured to have a resting state in which movement of gear subassembly 550 may not translate into motion of gear subassembly 560 (and vice versa) and an active state in which movement of gear subassembly 550 may translate into motion of gear subassembly 560 (and vice versa). For example, as shown in FIG.
- gear assembly 540 may be in a resting state, whereby a spacing distance (e.g., similar to spacing distance 141 ) may exist between gear 552 and gear 562 (e.g., along the X-axis and/or along the Z-axis of FIG. 10 ), such that any rotation of user gear 562 in such a resting state (e.g., about axis B in the direction of arrow R 1 or arrow R 2 ) would not be translated into a rotation of dial gear 552 .
- a spacing distance e.g., similar to spacing distance 141
- gear 562 e.g., along the X-axis and/or along the Z-axis of FIG. 10
- a user may first apply an upward force (e.g., in the +Z direction along axis B) on gear subassembly 560 (e.g., via handle 566 ), such that gear 562 may be moved upwards by the spacing distance in order to contact gear 552 (e.g., such that teeth of gear 562 may mesh with teeth of gear 552 ), and then the user may apply a rotation force (e.g., in the direction of arrow R 2 about axis B) to user gear subassembly 560 (e.g., via handle 566 ) for rotating meshed dial gear 552 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A.
- This may help prevent unintentional rotation of dial 530 and, thus, unintentional updating of exposed dial indicia 536 .
- a height of indicia space 583 between top 521 and bottom 579 of assembly 500 may be shorter than a height of indicia space 183 between top 121 and bottom 179 of assembly 100 , while a portion of that reduced height may be used to store a portion of a handle 566 (e.g., a free end of handle 566 ) when in a non-use state.
- FIGS. 11 and 12 show another illustrative bottle container assembly 600 , which may be similar to assembly 100 of FIGS. 1-6 but may include a movable lid for enabling replacement of a dial or at least of the dial indicia of a dial.
- Assembly 600 of FIGS. 11 and 12 may include similar components to assembly 100 of FIGS. 1-6 , with components of assembly 600 of FIGS. 11 and 12 being labeled with “6xx” reference labels that may correspond to the “1xx” reference labels of the labeled components of assembly 100 of FIGS. 1-6 , where differences therebetween may be described below.
- assembly 600 may include a bottle 690 and a cap 610 that may be coupled to bottle 690 for forming a closed container that may safely hold content therein.
- bottle 690 may include a bottle body that may include one or more side walls 695 that may extend from a closed bottom end 699 to an at least partially open top end 691 for defining an interior bottle space 693 .
- Bottle 690 may be configured such that a user may insert content 697 through open end 691 into bottle space 693 (e.g., along the ⁇ Z direction) and/or may remove content 697 from bottle space 693 through open end 691 (e.g., along the +Z direction).
- Bottle 690 may be any suitable container portion that may be configured to hold any suitable content 697 in any suitable way.
- Bottle 690 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions.
- Cap 610 may be configured to be removably coupled to bottle 690 , such that cap 610 may cover open end 691 for preventing a user from accessing bottle space 693 when cap 610 is coupled to bottle 690 , and such that cap 610 may not cover at least a portion of open end 691 for enabling a user to access bottle space 693 when cap 610 is not coupled to bottle 690 .
- Assembly 600 may be configured in any suitable way for enabling cap subassembly to be removably coupled to bottle 690 .
- bottle 690 may include at least one cap attachment feature 692 and cap 610 may include at least one bottle attachment feature 628 , where cap attachment feature 692 and bottle attachment feature 628 may be any suitable combination of reciprocal or otherwise related features that may be configured to interact with each other for removably coupling cap 610 to bottle 690 (e.g., threads, snaps, notches, clips, location or transition fits, etc.).
- Bottle 690 may also include a lip 694 , which may protrude from an exterior surface of body 695 below cap attachment feature 692 , where lip 694 may be configured to suspend cap subassembly 610 by at least a certain distance above the closed end. Cap attachment feature 692 and/or lip 694 may ensure a specific relationship between cap 610 and bottle 690 when cap 610 is coupled to bottle 690 .
- Cap 610 may include a closure 620 , a dial 630 , a gear assembly 640 , and a base 670 .
- Closure 620 of cap 610 may include a closure body that may include one or more side walls 625 that may extend from an at least partially closed top end 621 to an at least partially open bottom end 629 for defining an interior closure space 623 .
- Closure 620 may also include one or more closure indicia passageways 626 through any suitable portions of closure 620 for selectively exposing to a user one or more other portions of cap subassembly 600 (e.g., portions of dial 630 , as described below).
- closure indicia passageways 626 may include at least one top closure indicia passageway 626 t that may be provided through the wall of top end 621 of closure 620 .
- each closure indicia passageway 626 may be a hollow opening through a wall or other portion of closure 620 or may be such an opening that may be covered by or otherwise configured to include a transparent or translucent material or any other suitable object (e.g., a magnifying glass 626 tm ) that may enable communication of information therethrough to a user of assembly 600 .
- Closure 620 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions.
- Closure 620 may also include a hinge 620 H or any other suitable mechanism that may enable at least a portion of top end 621 of closure 620 to be rotated or otherwise moved away from closure space 623 (e.g., from an X-Y plane to a Y-Z plane of FIG. 11 ), such that a user may have access to at least a portion of closure space 623 (e.g., in the ⁇ Z direction), which may enable the user to replace dial 630 or any dial indicia thereon.
- Closure 620 may include one or more attachment features 627 A at top end 621 for enabling removable coupling of top end 621 with one or more attachment features 627 B along a top of a side wall 625 of closure 620 .
- Dial 630 of cap 610 may include a dial body that may include one or more side walls that may extend from an at least partially closed top end 631 to an at least partially closed bottom end 639 .
- dial 630 may be a relatively thin closed dial (e.g., along the Z-axis) with no side dial indicia, which may reduce the thickness of cap 610 .
- Dial 630 may include any suitable dial indicia 636 that may be positioned on any suitable portions of dial 630 for selective display to a user of assembly 600 .
- dial indicia 636 may include top dial indicia 636 t that may be provided on an exterior surface of top end 631 of dial 630 , and/or bottom dial indicia (not shown) that may be provided on an exterior surface of bottom end 639 .
- Dial 630 may be configured to fit at least partially within closure space 623 , such that dial 630 may be moved within closure space 623 with respect to closure 620 for selectively aligning different dial indicia 636 of dial 630 with a closure indicia passageway 626 of closure 620 and/or a base indicia passageway of base 670 (not shown).
- Dial 630 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions.
- dial 630 may be configured to be coupled (e.g., permanently or removably) to closure 620 , such that, for example, closure 620 may prevent dial 630 from moving (e.g., along the Z-axis).
- dial 630 may include at least one closure attachment feature (e.g., the shape of an exterior surface of side wall(s) 635 of dial 630 ) and closure 620 may include at least one dial attachment feature 622 (e.g., one or more grooves or female threads protruding from an interior surface of closure 620 ), where dial 630 may snap into or otherwise fit dial 630 within dial attachment feature 622 for securing dial 630 within closure space 623 .
- Dial attachment feature 622 may be positioned above both base attachment feature 624 (described below) and bottle attachment feature 628 within closure space 623 of closure 620 such that dial 630 and base 670 may be coupled to closure 620 while still enabling bottle attachment feature 628 to removably couple closure 620 to bottle 690 .
- an upper portion of attachment feature 628 may not be provided such that dial 630 may be easily removed from closure space 623 (e.g., in the +Z direction by a user when top 621 provides access to closure space 623 ), which may enable a user to replace dial 630 and/or at least replace indicia on all sides of dial 630 .
- Base 670 of cap 610 may include a base body that may include one or more side walls 675 that may extend from an at least partially closed top end 671 to an at least partially closed bottom end 679 .
- Base 670 may be configured to be coupled (e.g., permanently or removably) to closure 620 , such that, for example, base 670 and closure 620 may together define at least a portion of an indicia space 683 within which dial 630 may be positioned.
- base 670 may include at least one closure attachment feature (e.g., the shape of an exterior surface of side wall(s) 675 of base 670 ) and closure 620 may include at least one base attachment feature 624 (e.g., one or more grooves or female threads protruding from an interior surface of closure 620 ), where base 670 may snap into or otherwise fit base 670 within base attachment feature 624 for securing base 670 within closure space 623 , which may thereby define a reduced indicia space 683 between closure 620 and base 670 .
- closure attachment feature e.g., the shape of an exterior surface of side wall(s) 675 of base 670
- closure 620 may include at least one base attachment feature 624 (e.g., one or more grooves or female threads protruding from an interior surface of closure 620 ), where base 670 may snap into or otherwise fit base 670 within base attachment feature 624 for securing base 670 within closure space 623 , which may thereby define a reduced ind
- Base attachment feature 624 may be positioned above bottle attachment feature 628 within closure space 623 of closure 620 such that base 670 may be coupled to closure 620 while still enabling bottle attachment feature 628 to removably couple closure 620 to bottle 690 .
- closure space 623 may be defined by the interior surface(s) of side wall(s) 625 , top end 621 , and bottom end 629 of closure 620
- indicia space 683 may be defined by the interior surface(s) of side wall(s) 625 and top end 621 of closure 620 as well as by base 670 , such that indicia space 683 may be a portion of closure space 623 .
- base 670 may be configured to fit at least partially within closure space 623 , such that base 670 may define at least a portion of the bottom of indicia space 683 .
- Base 670 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions.
- Dial 630 may be at least partially positioned within indicia space 683 when base 670 is coupled to closure 620 .
- Base 670 may have less material than base 270 or base 370 , and a thickness of base 670 (e.g., along the Z-axis) may be substantially constant while portions of base 670 may run adjacently along bottom 639 of dial 630 (e.g., to support dial 630 ).
- Gear assembly 640 of cap 610 may be at least partially positioned within indicia space 683 along with dial 630 , and gear assembly 640 may be configured to selectively move dial 630 within indicia space 683 with respect to closure 620 for selectively aligning different dial indicia 636 with a closure indicia passageway 626 of closure 620 .
- Gear assembly 640 may include one or more gears that may be configured to translate a user motion that may be applied to a first portion of gear assembly 640 into movement of dial 630 with indicia space 683 (e.g., rotation of dial 630 about an axis A along a Z-axis).
- gear assembly 640 may include an upper or dial gear subassembly 650 and a lower or user gear subassembly 660 .
- Dial gear subassembly 650 may include an upper or dial cogwheel or gear 652 and, in some embodiments, an upper or dial gear shaft 658 that may extend away from gear 652 along an axis of rotation of gear 652 (e.g., axis A along a Z-axis).
- User gear subassembly 660 may include a lower or user cogwheel or gear 662 and, in some embodiments, a lower or user gear shaft 668 that may extend away from gear 662 along an axis of rotation of gear 662 (e.g., axis B along a Z-axis that may be parallel to axis A).
- User gear subassembly 660 may also include a user handle 666 that may be coupled to a portion of gear 662 (e.g., at an end of gear shaft 668 ), such that a user may apply a user force or motion to handle 666 for rotating gear 662 .
- Gear assembly 640 may be configured such that rotation of gear 662 may be configured to rotate or otherwise translate gear 652 , which may be configured to rotate or otherwise translate dial 630 with respect to closure 620 within indicia space 683 .
- gear 662 may include teeth or cogs or any other suitable mechanical feature that may mesh with teeth or cogs or any other suitable mechanical feature of gear 652 to transmit torque therebetween within gear assembly 640 (e.g., as a transmission or gearbox).
- Base 670 may be configured to support at least a portion of gear assembly 640 and/or dial 630 within indicia space 683 when base 670 is coupled to closure 620 .
- at least a portion of user gear subassembly 660 e.g., a bottom portion of gear 662
- base 670 e.g., against an exterior surface of top wall 671 of base 670 .
- a user gear shaft opening 677 may be provided through base 670 (e.g., between top wall 671 and bottom wall 679 ) for enabling at least a portion of user gear shaft 668 and/or user handle 666 to extend therethrough from indicia space 683 to at least a portion of closure space 623 and/or bottle space 693 or for at least enabling a portion of gear subassembly 660 to be accessible therethrough, such that a portion of gear assembly 640 may be accessible to a user when cap 610 is not coupled to bottle 690 (e.g., when a user unscrews cap 610 from bottle 690 for accessing contents 697 ).
- Such accessibility to a portion of gear subassembly 660 by a user external to indicia space 683 may enable a user of assembly 600 to apply a user force or motion to handle 666 for rotating gear 662 .
- user gear shaft opening 677 of base 670 may at least partially define an axis of rotation of user gear 662 and/or may otherwise limit at least a portion of a path along which at least a portion of user gear subassembly 660 may travel (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement of gear subassembly 660 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 683 ).
- user gear 662 may be configured to rotate about an axis B, and gear shaft 668 may extend away from gear 662 along axis B, such that gear shaft opening 677 may align with axis B.
- dial gear subassembly 650 may be coupled to dial 630 (e.g., to bottom wall 639 of dial 630 ), such that movement of gear subassembly 650 may provide movement of dial 630 (e.g., rotational movement about axis A).
- a dial gear shaft opening 673 may be provided through at least a portion of base 670 (e.g., through top wall 671 ), where opening 673 may at least partially define an axis of rotation of dial gear 652 and/or may otherwise limit at least a portion of a path along which at least a portion of dial gear subassembly 650 may travel (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement of gear subassembly 650 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 683 ).
- dial gear 652 may be configured to rotate about an axis A, and gear shaft 658 may extend away from gear 652 along axis A, such that gear shaft opening 673 may align with axis A.
- gear shaft opening 673 and/or gear shaft 658 may not be necessary and other features of assembly 600 may define axis A about which gear 652 may rotate.
- the positioning of base 670 , gear subassembly 660 , and dial 630 within indicia space 683 may limit the manner in which gear subassembly 650 may move within indicia space 683 (e.g., only to movement about axis A).
- an interior surface of top end 621 of closure 620 may include a dial movement feature 627 and an exterior surface of top end 631 of dial 630 may include a closure movement feature 637 , where such features 627 and 637 may interact with one another to at least partially define an axis of rotation of dial 630 with respect to closure 620 (e.g., axis A) or otherwise aid or limit such movement (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement of dial 630 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 683 ), for example, where feature 637 may be a nub that may extend into a cut out or notch 627 .
- the thickness of the wall of top end 631 of dial 630 along the Z-axis combined with the thickness of gear assembly 640 along the Z-axis may be substantially equal to or slightly less than a thickness of indicia space 683 along the Z-axis, such that dial 630 and/or gear assembly 640 may be prevented or limited with respect to movement along the Z-axis.
- dial indicia 636 may be replaceable on dial 630 (e.g., on top 631 ) when top 621 of closure 620 provides access to dial 630 . As shown in FIGS.
- such dial indicia 636 may include a feature 636 C that may surround or otherwise interact with feature 637 of dial 630 (e.g., along axis A), while such dial indicia 636 may also include at least one feature 636 D that may surround or otherwise interact with feature 637 D of dial 630 (e.g., offset from axis A), which may enable proper orientation of indicia 636 with dial 630 when be positioned thereon by a user.
- a user may interact with handle 666 of user gear subassembly 660 , as may be accessible to a user through opening 677 of base 670 , for rotating gear shaft 668 and/or gear 662 in the direction of arrow R 2 about axis B, which may in turn rotate gear 652 of dial subassembly 650 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A, which may in turn rotate dial 630 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A.
- Such rotation of dial 630 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A within indicia space 683 with respect to closure 620 may alter the particular portion of dial 630 and, thus, the particular portion of dial indicia 636 that may be aligned with a particular closure indicia passageway 626 , which may alter what information may be provided to a user of assembly 600 by that particular portion of dial indicia 636 .
- a first indication of top dial indicia 636 t may be aligned with and visible through indicia passageway 626 t .
- handle 666 may include a flexible arm that may be configured to bend or flex in any suitable direction and/or to any suitable shape (e.g., with respect to the Z-axis) such that handle 666 may extend up towards or at least parallel to base 670 (e.g., as shown in FIG.
- a second elongated state e.g., with respect to the Z-axis
- handle 666 may extend away from base 670 for easier use by a user and then bend towards or along base 670 so as not to extend (too far) out away from base 670 and/or indicia space 683 so as to interfere with content 697 of bottle 690 or a factory protective seal that may be initially provided by bottle 690 (e.g., across top 691 ).
- cap subassembly 610 may be configured to enable rotation of dial 630 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A within indicia space 683 with respect to closure 620 from a first orientation to a second orientation (e.g., to keep track of a medication schedule for content of bottle 690 ) by enabling user rotation of handle 666 in the direction of arrow R 2 about axis B
- cap subassembly 610 may be configured to prevent rotation of dial 630 in the opposite direction of arrow R 2 about axis A.
- gear assembly 640 may include a ratchet component 642 and base 670 may include a stopper component 672 that may be configured to interact with ratchet component 642 for preventing rotation of gear subassembly 650 in the direction of arrow R 2 while enabling rotation of gear subassembly 650 in the direction of arrow R 1 .
- ratchet component 642 may be provided along a portion of gear subassembly 650 (e.g., adjacent a top portion of gear 652 ) and base 670 may provide stopper component 672 just adjacent ratchet component 642 in the +X direction (e.g., as an extension of a portion of top surface 671 of the base body of base 670 ), such that a free end of stopper component 672 may enable rotation of ratchet component 642 and, thus, gear 650 and dial 630 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A and at the same time prevent rotation of ratchet component 642 and, thus, gear 652 and dial 630 in the direction of arrow R 2 about axis A (e.g., due to the geometrical relationship between teeth or other suitable features of ratchet component 642 and the free end of stopper component 672 ).
- interaction of ratchet component 642 and stopper component 672 may provide a user with an audible and/or tactile feedback to user adjustment of the indicia of assembly 600 .
- stopper component 672 may be tensioned by a suitable amount such that the free end of stopper component 672 may exert a suitable force on ratchet component 642 for even preventing rotation of dial 630 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A, where such a force may be overcome by an intentional user force on handle 666 but that may not be overcome by any unintentional forces to which cap subassembly 610 may be susceptible during normal use of assembly 600 , such that components 642 / 672 may enable proper rotation of dial 630 in the direction of arrow R 1 but only if at least a certain amount of threshold force is applied to gear assembly 640 (e.g., to handle 666 ).
- gear assembly 640 may be configured to have a resting state in which movement of gear subassembly 650 may not translate into motion of gear subassembly 660 (and vice versa) and an active state in which movement of gear subassembly 650 may translate into motion of gear subassembly 660 (and vice versa). For example, as shown in FIG.
- gear assembly 640 may be in a resting state, whereby a spacing distance (e.g., similar to spacing distance 141 ) may exist between gear 652 and gear 662 (e.g., along the X-axis and/or along the Z-axis of FIG. 12 ), such that any rotation of user gear 662 in such a resting state (e.g., about axis B in the direction of arrow R 1 or arrow R 2 ) would not be translated into a rotation of dial gear 652 .
- a spacing distance e.g., similar to spacing distance 141
- gear 662 e.g., along the X-axis and/or along the Z-axis of FIG. 12
- a user may first apply an upward force (e.g., in the +Z direction along axis B) on gear subassembly 660 (e.g., via handle 666 ), such that gear 662 may be moved upwards by the spacing distance in order to contact gear 652 (e.g., such that teeth of gear 662 may mesh with teeth of gear 652 ), and then the user may apply a rotation force (e.g., in the direction of arrow R 2 about axis B) to user gear subassembly 660 (e.g., via handle 666 ) for rotating meshed dial gear 652 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A.
- This may help prevent unintentional rotation of dial 630 and, thus, unintentional updating of exposed dial indicia 636 .
- a height of indicia space 683 between top 621 and bottom 679 of assembly 600 may be shorter than a height of indicia space 183 between top 121 and bottom 179 of assembly 100 , while a portion of that reduced height may be used to store a portion of a handle 666 (e.g., a free end of handle 666 ) when in a non-use state.
- dial 630 e.g., via a movable top end 621 of closure 620
- a user may interchange dials 630 or indicia 636 thereon for using assembly 600 for different purposes with different appropriate adjustable indicia.
- FIGS. 13 and 14 show another illustrative bottle container assembly 700 , which may be similar to assembly 100 of FIGS. 1-6 but may include axially aligned gear subassemblies.
- Assembly 700 of FIGS. 13 and 14 may include similar components to assembly 100 of FIGS. 1-6 , with components of assembly 700 of FIGS. 13 and 14 being labeled with “7xx” reference labels that may correspond to the “1xx” reference labels of the labeled components of assembly 100 of FIGS. 1-6 , where differences therebetween may be described below.
- assembly 700 may include a bottle 790 and a cap 710 that may be coupled to bottle 790 for forming a closed container that may safely hold content therein.
- bottle 790 may include a bottle body that may include one or more side walls 795 that may extend from a closed bottom end 799 to an at least partially open top end 791 for defining an interior bottle space 793 .
- Bottle 790 may be configured such that a user may insert content 797 through open end 791 into bottle space 793 (e.g., along the ⁇ Z direction) and/or may remove content 797 from bottle space 793 through open end 791 (e.g., along the +Z direction).
- Bottle 790 may be any suitable container portion that may be configured to hold any suitable content 797 in any suitable way.
- Bottle 790 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions.
- Cap 710 may be configured to be removably coupled to bottle 790 , such that cap 710 may cover open end 791 for preventing a user from accessing bottle space 793 when cap 710 is coupled to bottle 790 , and such that cap 710 may not cover at least a portion of open end 791 for enabling a user to access bottle space 793 when cap 710 is not coupled to bottle 790 .
- Assembly 700 may be configured in any suitable way for enabling cap subassembly to be removably coupled to bottle 790 .
- bottle 790 may include at least one cap attachment feature 792 and cap 710 may include at least one bottle attachment feature 728 , where cap attachment feature 792 and bottle attachment feature 728 may be any suitable combination of reciprocal or otherwise related features that may be configured to interact with each other for removably coupling cap 710 to bottle 790 (e.g., threads, snaps, notches, clips, location or transition fits, etc.).
- Bottle 790 may also include a lip 794 , which may protrude from an exterior surface of body 795 below cap attachment feature 792 , where lip 794 may be configured to suspend cap subassembly 710 by at least a certain distance above the closed end. Cap attachment feature 792 and/or lip 794 may ensure a specific relationship between cap 710 and bottle 790 when cap 710 is coupled to bottle 790 .
- Cap 710 may include a closure 720 , a dial 730 , a gear assembly 740 , and a base 770 .
- Closure 720 of cap 710 may include a closure body that may include one or more side walls 725 that may extend from an at least partially closed top end 721 to an at least partially open bottom end 729 for defining an interior closure space 723 .
- Closure 720 may also include one or more closure indicia passageways 726 through any suitable portions of closure 720 for selectively exposing to a user one or more other portions of cap subassembly 700 (e.g., portions of dial 730 , as described below).
- closure indicia passageways 726 may include at least one top closure indicia passageway 726 t that may be provided through the wall of top end 721 of closure 720 .
- each closure indicia passageway 726 may be a hollow opening through a wall or other portion of closure 720 or may be such an opening that may be covered by or otherwise configured to include a transparent or translucent material or any other suitable object (e.g., a magnifying glass 726 tm ) that may enable communication of information therethrough to a user of assembly 700 .
- Closure 720 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions.
- Dial 730 of cap 710 may include a dial body that may include one or more side walls that may extend from an at least partially closed top end 731 to an at least partially closed bottom end 739 .
- dial 730 may be a relatively thin closed dial (e.g., along the Z-axis) with no side dial indicia, which may reduce the thickness of cap 710 .
- Dial 730 may include any suitable dial indicia 736 that may be positioned on any suitable portions of dial 730 for selective display to a user of assembly 700 .
- dial indicia 736 may include top dial indicia 736 t that may be provided on an exterior surface of top end 731 of dial 730 , and/or bottom dial indicia 736 b that may be provided on an exterior surface of bottom end 739 .
- Dial 730 may be configured to fit at least partially within closure space 723 , such that dial 730 may be moved within closure space 723 with respect to closure 720 for selectively aligning different dial indicia 736 of dial 730 with a closure indicia passageway 726 of closure 720 and/or a base indicia passageway 776 of base 770 .
- Dial 730 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions.
- dial 730 may be configured to be coupled (e.g., permanently or removably) to closure 720 , such that, for example, closure 720 may prevent dial 730 from moving (e.g., along the Z-axis).
- dial 730 may include at least one closure attachment feature (e.g., the shape of an exterior surface of side wall(s) 735 of dial 730 ) and closure 720 may include at least one dial attachment feature 722 (e.g., one or more grooves or female threads protruding from an interior surface of closure 720 ), where dial 730 may snap into or otherwise fit dial 730 within dial attachment feature 722 for securing dial 730 within closure space 723 .
- Dial attachment feature 722 may be positioned above both base attachment feature 724 (described below) and bottle attachment feature 728 within closure space 723 of closure 720 such that dial 730 and base 770 may be coupled to closure 720 while still enabling bottle attachment feature 728 to removably couple closure 720 to bottle 790 .
- Base 770 of cap 710 may include a base body that may include one or more side walls 775 that may extend from an at least partially closed top end 771 to an at least partially closed bottom end 779 .
- Base 770 may be configured to be coupled (e.g., permanently or removably) to closure 720 , such that, for example, base 770 and closure 720 may together define at least a portion of an indicia space 783 within which dial 730 may be positioned.
- base 770 may include at least one closure attachment feature (e.g., the shape of an exterior surface of side wall(s) 775 of base 770 ) and closure 720 may include at least one base attachment feature 724 (e.g., one or more grooves or female threads protruding from an interior surface of closure 720 ), where base 770 may snap into or otherwise fit base 770 within base attachment feature 724 for securing base 770 within closure space 723 , which may thereby define a reduced indicia space 783 between closure 720 and base 770 .
- closure attachment feature e.g., the shape of an exterior surface of side wall(s) 775 of base 770
- closure 720 may include at least one base attachment feature 724 (e.g., one or more grooves or female threads protruding from an interior surface of closure 720 ), where base 770 may snap into or otherwise fit base 770 within base attachment feature 724 for securing base 770 within closure space 723 , which may thereby define a reduced ind
- Base attachment feature 724 may be positioned above bottle attachment feature 728 within closure space 723 of closure 720 such that base 770 may be coupled to closure 720 while still enabling bottle attachment feature 728 to removably couple closure 720 to bottle 790 .
- closure space 723 may be defined by the interior surface(s) of side wall(s) 725 , top end 721 , and bottom end 729 of closure 720
- indicia space 783 may be defined by the interior surface(s) of side wall(s) 725 and top end 721 of closure 720 as well as by base 770 , such that indicia space 783 may be a portion of closure space 723 .
- base 770 may be configured to fit at least partially within closure space 723 , such that base 770 may define at least a portion of the bottom of indicia space 783 .
- Base 770 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions.
- Dial 730 may be at least partially positioned within indicia space 783 when base 770 is coupled to closure 720 .
- Base 770 may have less material than base 270 or base 370 , and a thickness of base 770 (e.g., along the Z-axis) may be substantially constant while portions of base 770 may run adjacently along bottom 739 of dial 730 (e.g., to support dial 730 ).
- Gear assembly 740 of cap 710 may be at least partially positioned within indicia space 783 along with dial 730 , and gear assembly 740 may be configured to selectively move dial 730 within indicia space 783 with respect to closure 720 for selectively aligning different dial indicia 736 with a closure indicia passageway 726 of closure 720 .
- Gear assembly 740 may include one or more gears that may be configured to translate a user motion that may be applied to a first portion of gear assembly 740 into movement of dial 730 with indicia space 783 (e.g., rotation of dial 730 about an axis A along a Z-axis).
- gear assembly 740 may include an upper or dial gear subassembly 750 and a lower or user gear subassembly 760 .
- Dial gear subassembly 750 may include an upper or dial cogwheel or gear 752 and, in some embodiments, an upper or dial gear shaft (not shown) that may extend away from gear 752 along an axis of rotation of gear 752 (e.g., axis A along a Z-axis).
- User gear subassembly 760 may include a lower or user cogwheel or gear 762 and, in some embodiments, a lower or user gear shaft 768 that may extend away from gear 762 along an axis of rotation of gear 762 (e.g., axis A).
- User gear subassembly 760 may also include a user handle 766 that may be coupled to a portion of gear 762 (e.g., at an end of gear shaft 768 ), such that a user may apply a user force or motion to handle 766 for rotating gear 762 .
- Gear assembly 740 may be configured such that rotation of gear 762 may be configured to rotate or otherwise translate gear 752 , which may be configured to rotate or otherwise translate dial 730 with respect to closure 720 within indicia space 783 .
- gear 762 may include teeth or cogs or any other suitable mechanical feature of gear 762 (e.g., on a cylindrical or conical or any other suitable shaped exterior surface of gear 762 , such that teeth of gear 762 may extend away from axis A of gear 762 towards gear 752 (e.g., along the X-axis)) that may mesh with teeth or cogs or any other suitable mechanical feature of gear 752 (e.g., on a cylindrical or conical or any other suitable shaped interior surface of gear 752 , such that teeth of gear 752 may extend away towards axis A of gear 752 and towards gear 762 (e.g., along the X-axis)) to transmit torque therebetween within gear assembly 740 (e.g., as a transmission or gearbox).
- Gear 752 may be cup shaped for receiving at least a portion of gear 762 therein (e.g., in a nesting fashion).
- Base 770 may be configured to support at least a portion of gear assembly 740 and/or dial 730 within indicia space 783 when base 770 is coupled to closure 720 .
- at least a portion of user gear subassembly 760 e.g., a bottom portion of gear 762
- base 770 e.g., against an exterior surface of top wall 771 of base 770 .
- a user gear shaft opening 777 may be provided through base 770 (e.g., between top wall 771 and bottom wall 779 ) for enabling at least a portion of user gear shaft 768 and/or user handle 766 to extend therethrough from indicia space 783 to at least a portion of closure space 723 and/or bottle space 793 or for at least enabling a portion of gear subassembly 760 to be accessible therethrough, such that a portion of gear assembly 740 may be accessible to a user when cap 710 is not coupled to bottle 790 (e.g., when a user unscrews cap 710 from bottle 790 for accessing contents 797 ).
- Such accessibility to a portion of gear subassembly 760 by a user external to indicia space 783 may enable a user of assembly 700 to apply a user force or motion to handle 766 for rotating gear 762 .
- user gear shaft opening 777 of base 770 may at least partially define an axis of rotation of user gear 762 and/or may otherwise limit at least a portion of a path along which at least a portion of user gear subassembly 760 may travel (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement of gear subassembly 760 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 783 ).
- user gear 762 may be configured to rotate about an axis A, and gear shaft 768 may extend away from gear 762 along axis A, such that gear shaft opening 777 may align with axis A.
- dial gear subassembly 750 may be coupled to dial 730 (e.g., to bottom wall 739 of dial 730 ), such that movement of gear subassembly 750 may provide movement of dial 730 (e.g., rotational movement about axis A).
- the positioning of base 770 , gear subassembly 760 , and dial 730 within indicia space 783 may limit the manner in which gear subassembly 750 may move within indicia space 783 (e.g., only to movement about axis A).
- an interior surface of top end 721 of closure 720 may include a dial movement feature 727 and an exterior surface of top end 731 of dial 730 may include a closure movement feature 737 , where such features 727 and 737 may interact with one another to at least partially define an axis of rotation of dial 730 with respect to closure 720 (e.g., axis A) or otherwise aid or limit such movement (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement of dial 730 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 783 ), for example, where feature 737 may be a nub that may extend into a cut out or notch 727 .
- the thickness of the wall of top end 731 of dial 730 along the Z-axis combined with the thickness of gear assembly 740 along the Z-axis may be substantially equal to or slightly less than a thickness of indicia space 783 along the Z-axis, such that dial 730 and/or gear assembly 740 may be prevented or limited with respect to movement along the Z-axis.
- a user may interact with handle 766 of user gear subassembly 760 , as may be accessible to a user through opening 777 of base 770 , for rotating gear shaft 768 and/or gear 762 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A, which may in turn rotate gear 752 of dial subassembly 750 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A, which may in turn rotate dial 730 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A.
- Such rotation of dial 730 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A within indicia space 783 with respect to closure 720 may alter the particular portion of dial 730 and, thus, the particular portion of dial indicia 736 that may be aligned with a particular closure indicia passageway 726 , which may alter what information may be provided to a user of assembly 700 by that particular portion of dial indicia 736 .
- FIG. 7 As shown in FIG.
- a first indication of top dial indicia 736 t may be aligned with and visible through indicia passageway 726 t and a first indication of bottom dial indicia 736 b may be aligned with and visible through indicia passageway 776 (e.g., 776 m ).
- dial 730 when dial 730 is rotated in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A within indicia space 783 with respect to closure 720 from such a first orientation to a second orientation, the particular portion of dial 730 and, thus, the particular portion of dial indicia 736 that may be aligned with such indicia passageway 726 / 776 may be altered.
- handle 766 may not extend beyond base 770 (e.g., in the ⁇ Z direction), but instead may include a friction pad or other suitable feature at its end within opening 777 such that a user may grip handle 766 (e.g., with the tip of a user finger), while handle 766 does not take up any real estate of assembly 700 outside of indicia space 783 , which may prevent handle 766 from interfering with content 797 of bottle 790 or a factory protective seal that may be initially provided by bottle 790 (e.g., across top 791 ).
- cap subassembly 710 may be configured to enable rotation of dial 730 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A within indicia space 783 with respect to closure 720 from a first orientation to a second orientation (e.g., to keep track of a medication schedule for content of bottle 790 ) by enabling user rotation of handle 766 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A
- cap subassembly 710 may be configured to prevent rotation of dial 730 in the opposite direction of arrow R 2 about axis A.
- gear assembly 740 may include a ratchet component 742 and base 770 may include a stopper component 772 that may be configured to interact with ratchet component 742 for preventing rotation of gear subassembly 750 in the direction of arrow R 2 while enabling rotation of gear subassembly 750 in the direction of arrow R 1 .
- ratchet component 742 may be provided along a portion of gear subassembly 750 (e.g., adjacent a top portion of gear 752 ) and base 770 may provide stopper component 772 just adjacent ratchet component 742 in the +X direction (e.g., as an extension of a portion of top surface 771 of the base body of base 770 ), such that a free end of stopper component 772 may enable rotation of ratchet component 742 and, thus, gear 750 and dial 730 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A and at the same time prevent rotation of ratchet component 742 and, thus, gear 752 and dial 730 in the direction of arrow R 2 about axis A (e.g., due to the geometrical relationship between teeth or other suitable features of ratchet component 742 and the free end of stopper component 772 ).
- interaction of ratchet component 742 and stopper component 772 may provide a user with an audible and/or tactile feedback to user adjustment of the indicia of assembly 700 .
- stopper component 772 may be tensioned by a suitable amount such that the free end of stopper component 772 may exert a suitable force on ratchet component 742 for even preventing rotation of dial 730 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A, where such a force may be overcome by an intentional user force on handle 766 but that may not be overcome by any unintentional forces to which cap subassembly 710 may be susceptible during normal use of assembly 700 , such that components 742 / 772 may enable proper rotation of dial 730 in the direction of arrow R 1 but only if at least a certain amount of threshold force is applied to gear assembly 740 (e.g., to handle 766 ).
- gear assembly 740 may be configured to have a resting state in which movement of gear subassembly 750 may not translate into motion of gear subassembly 760 (and vice versa) and an active state in which movement of gear subassembly 750 may translate into motion of gear subassembly 760 (and vice versa). For example, as shown in FIG.
- gear assembly 740 may be in a resting state, whereby a spacing distance (e.g., similar to spacing distance 141 ) may exist between gear 752 and gear 762 (e.g., along the X-axis and/or along the Z-axis of FIG. 14 ), such that any rotation of user gear 762 in such a resting state (e.g., about axis A in the direction of arrow R 1 or arrow R 2 ) would not be translated into a rotation of dial gear 752 .
- a spacing distance e.g., similar to spacing distance 141
- gear 752 and gear 762 e.g., along the X-axis and/or along the Z-axis of FIG. 14
- a user may first apply an upward force (e.g., in the +Z direction along axis A) on gear subassembly 760 (e.g., via handle 766 ), such that gear 762 may be moved upwards by the spacing distance in order to contact gear 752 (e.g., such that teeth of gear 762 may mesh with teeth of gear 752 ), and then the user may apply a rotation force (e.g., in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A) to user gear subassembly 760 (e.g., via handle 766 ) for rotating meshed dial gear 752 in the direction of arrow R 1 about axis A.
- This may help prevent unintentional rotation of dial 730 and, thus, unintentional updating of exposed dial indicia 736 .
- a height of indicia space 783 between top 721 and bottom 779 of assembly 700 may be shorter than a height of indicia space 183 between top 121 and bottom 179 of assembly 100 .
- a user gear subassembly 760 within a dial gear subassembly 750 may reduce a width of at least a portion of an indicia space 783 (e.g., along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis).
- FIG. 15 is a flowchart of an illustrative process 800 for changing the portion of indicia on a dial within a bottle cap that is visible to a user through a passageway in the bottle cap.
- process 800 may include pushing a user gear along a first axis towards a dial gear that is coupled to the dial.
- a user gear 162 - 762 may be pushed towards a dial gear 152 - 752 that is coupled to a dial 130 - 730 for eliminating a spacing distance (e.g., distance 141 ) between the two gears.
- process 800 may include rotating the user gear about the first axis.
- a user gear 162 - 762 may be rotated when such a spacing distance has been eliminated (e.g., when teeth of the user gear are meshed with teeth of the dial gear).
- process 800 may include rotating the dial gear and the dial about a second axis using the rotation of the user gear.
- rotation of a user gear 162 - 762 may rotate a dial gear 152 - 752 and a dial 130 - 730 coupled thereto.
- the first axis of the pushing of step 802 and of the rotating of step 804 may be the same as the second axis of the rotating of step 806 (e.g., axis A of assembly 700 of FIGS. 13 and 14 ). In other embodiments, the first axis of the pushing of step 802 and of the rotating of step 804 may be different than the second axis of the rotating of step 806 (e.g., axis B versus axis A of any one of assemblies 100 - 600 of FIGS. 1-12 ).
- steps shown in process 800 of FIG. 15 are merely illustrative and that existing steps may be modified or omitted, additional steps may be added, and the order of certain steps may be altered.
- proximal and distal such as “proximal” and “distal,” “up” and “down,” “front” and “back,” “top” and “bottom” and “side,” “length” and “width” and “thickness” and “diameter” and “cross-section” and “longitudinal,” “X-” and “Y-” and “Z-,” and the like, may be used herein only for convenience, and that no fixed or absolute directional or orientational limitations are intended by the use of these words.
- the assemblies and patients can have any desired orientations. If reoriented, different directional or orientational terms may need to be used in their description, but that will not alter their fundamental nature as within the scope and spirit of the subject matter described herein in any way.
Abstract
Adjustable indicators for containers and methods for using and making the same are provided. In one example embodiment, a cap for a bottle includes a closure operative to be coupled to the bottle for closing the bottle, a base coupled to the closure, a dial positioned between a portion of the base and a portion of the closure, and a gear assembly positioned between a portion of the base and a portion of the dial. The gear assembly includes a dial gear subassembly coupled to the dial and a user gear subassembly, wherein the gear assembly is operative to translate movement of the user gear subassembly into movement of the dial gear subassembly for moving the dial with respect to the closure. Additional embodiments are also provided.
Description
- This disclosure relates to adjustable indicators for container assemblies and, more particularly, to adjustable indicators for closures of medicine bottle containers that keep track of medication schedules, as well as methods for using and making the same.
- Various containers are used to hold medicine or other contents that must be used in a sensitive fashion (e.g., according to a strict medication schedule). Some containers are provided with indicators that may inform a user about the manner in which the contents ought to be used. However, safely and securely managing the variable information of such indicators has heretofore been infeasible.
- This document describes adjustable indicators for containers and methods for using and making the same.
- As an example, a cap for a bottle may include a closure operative to be coupled to the bottle for closing the bottle. The closure may include a closure body defining a closure space and a closure passageway provided through the closure body. The cap may also include a base including a base body coupled to the closure body within the closure space, where the base body and the closure body define an indicia space within the closure space. The cap may also include a dial including a dial body positioned within the indicia space. The cap may also include a gear assembly positioned within the indicia space between a portion of the base body and a portion of the dial body. The gear assembly may include a dial gear subassembly including a dial gear coupled to the dial body, and a user gear subassembly including a user gear and a user shaft extending away from the user gear. Rotation of the user shaft is operative to rotate the user gear, rotation of the user gear is operative to rotate the dial gear, rotation of the dial gear is operative to rotate the dial body, and rotation of the dial body is operative to change the portion of the dial body that is aligned with the closure passageway.
- As another example, a cap for a bottle may include a closure operative to be coupled to the bottle for closing the bottle, a base coupled to the closure, a dial positioned between a portion of the base and a portion of the closure, and a gear assembly positioned between a portion of the base and a portion of the dial. The gear assembly may include a dial gear subassembly coupled to the dial, and a user gear subassembly. The gear assembly is operative to translate movement of the user gear subassembly into movement of the dial gear subassembly for moving the dial with respect to the closure.
- As yet another example, a method for changing the portion of indicia on a dial within a bottle cap that is visible to a user through a passageway in the bottle cap may include pushing a user gear along a first axis towards a dial gear that is coupled to the dial. During the pushing, the method may also include rotating the user gear about the first axis. The method may also include rotating the dial gear and the dial about a second axis using the rotation of the user gear.
- This Summary is provided merely to summarize some example embodiments, so as to provide a basic understanding of some aspects of the subject matter described in this document. Accordingly, it will be appreciated that the features described in this Summary are merely examples and should not be construed to narrow the scope or spirit of the subject matter described herein in any way. Other features, aspects, and advantages of the subject matter described herein will become apparent from the following Detailed Description, Figures, and Claims.
- The discussion below makes reference to the following drawings, in which like reference characters may refer to like parts throughout, and in which:
-
FIG. 1 is an exploded perspective view of an embodiment of a container assembly; -
FIG. 2 is a non-exploded perspective view of the container assembly ofFIG. 1 ; -
FIG. 3 is a perspective view of a portion of the container assembly ofFIGS. 1 and 2 ; -
FIG. 4 is a view of a portion of the container assembly ofFIGS. 1-3 , taken from line IV-IV ofFIG. 6 ; -
FIG. 5 is a perspective view of a portion of the container assembly ofFIGS. 1-4 ; -
FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view of a portion of the container assembly ofFIGS. 1-5 ; -
FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view, similar toFIG. 6 , of a portion of another embodiment of a container assembly; -
FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view, similar toFIGS. 6 and 7 , of a portion of yet another embodiment of a container assembly; -
FIG. 9 is a cross-sectional view, similar toFIGS. 6-8 , of a portion of yet another embodiment of a container assembly; -
FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view, similar toFIGS. 6-9 , of a portion of yet another embodiment of a container assembly; -
FIG. 11 is an exploded perspective view, similar toFIG. 1 , of yet another embodiment of a container assembly; -
FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view, similar toFIGS. 6-10 , of a portion of the container assembly ofFIG. 11 ; -
FIG. 13 is an exploded perspective view, similar toFIGS. 1 and 11 , of yet another embodiment of a container assembly; -
FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view, similar toFIGS. 6-10 and 12 , of a portion of the container assembly ofFIG. 13 ; and -
FIG. 15 is a flowchart of an illustrative process for changing the portion of indicia on a dial within a bottle cap that is visible to a user through a passageway in the bottle cap. - This disclosure relates to adjustable indicators for container assemblies and, more particularly, to adjustable indicators for closures of medicine bottle containers that keep track of medication schedules, as well as methods for using and making the same. A gear assembly may be provided with a cap of a container assembly. The gear assembly may be operative to translate motion (e.g., rotation) of a user handle into motion (e.g., rotation) of a dial for changing the portion of indicia of the dial that may be aligned with a passageway through the cap. The dial, indicia, and at least a portion of the gear assembly may be positioned within a secure indicia space defined by components of the cap, while the user handle may be positioned at least partially outside of that secure space, such that the secure space may prevent inadvertent or undesired movement of the dial unless dictated by the user handle. In some embodiments, two distinct motions may be applied to the user handle before the gear assembly may translate motion of the user handle into motion of the dial. For example, the user handle may be configured to push a user gear of the gear assembly towards a dial gear of the gear assembly, such that teeth of the user gear may mesh with teeth of the dial gear. Then, once the teeth are meshed, the user handle may be configured to rotate the user gear about a first axis, which may rotate the dial gear about a second axis for moving the dial, which may be coupled to the dial gear. The first axis may be the same as or different than the second axis. The gear assembly may provide a stopper mechanism that may prevent opposite rotation of either the user gear or the dial gear, such that the dial may only be moved in one direction with respect to the cap.
-
FIGS. 1-6 show an illustrativebottle container assembly 100 with an adjustable indicator that may be used for any suitable purpose, such as for keeping track of a schedule with respect to any suitable content 197 (e.g., medicine) that may be held byassembly 100. As shown,assembly 100 may include abottle 190 and a cap orcap subassembly 110 that may be coupled tobottle 190 for forming a closed container that may safely holdcontent 197 therein. For example,bottle 190 may include a bottle body that may include one ormore side walls 195 that may extend from a closedbottom end 199 to an at least partially opentop end 191 for defining aninterior bottle space 193. Bottle 190 may be configured such that a user may insertcontent 197 throughopen end 191 into bottle space 193 (e.g., along the −Z direction) and/or may removecontent 197 frombottle space 193 through open end 191 (e.g., along the +Z direction).Bottle 190 may be any suitable container portion that may be configured to hold anysuitable content 197 in any suitable way. Bottle 190 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions. For example, althoughbottle 190 may be shown to define a cylindricallyshaped bottle space 193 and acircular opening 191, any suitable shapes of any suitable sizes may be provided by any suitable portions ofbottle 190. -
Cap subassembly 110 may be configured to be removably coupled tobottle 190, such thatcap subassembly 110 may coveropen end 191 for preventing a user from accessing bottle space 193 (e.g., content 197) whencap subassembly 110 is coupled tobottle 190, and such thatcap subassembly 110 may not cover at least a portion ofopen end 191 for enabling a user to access bottle space 193 (e.g., content 197) whencap subassembly 110 is not coupled tobottle 190.Assembly 100 may be configured in any suitable way for enabling cap subassembly to be removably coupled tobottle 190. As just one example, as shown inFIGS. 1-6 ,bottle 190 may include at least one cap attachment feature 192 (e.g., one or more male threads protruding from an exterior surface ofbody 195 adjacent end 191) andcap subassembly 110 may include at least one bottle attachment feature 128 (e.g., one or more female threads protruding from an interior surface of cap subassembly 110), wherebottle attachment feature 128 may be screwed or otherwise rotated down around cap attachment feature 192 (e.g., downwardly in the −Z direction about the Z-axis in the direction of arrow R1) for securingcap subassembly 110 tobottle 190 over open end 191 (see, e.g.,FIGS. 2 and 6 ). In some such embodiments, as shown,bottle attachment feature 128 may be configured to rotate with respect to cap attachment feature 192 about a longitudinal axis A for enablingcap subassembly 110 andbottle 190 to be removably coupled to one another (e.g., in the direction of arrow R1 for coupling and in the direction of arrow R2 for removing). It is to be understood that while arrow R1 may be shown as a clockwise type rotation direction about the Z-axis (e.g., axis A) and that while arrow R2 may be shown as a counter-clockwise type rotation direction about the Z-axis (e.g., axis A), these associations may be flipped or may be any other suitable opposing rotation directions or any other suitable translation directions. In such threaded embodiments,cap attachment feature 192 andbottle attachment feature 128 may provide a safety child-resistant mechanism (e.g., wherecap subassembly 110 may be pushed downwardly in order to enable twisting or rotating for removingcap subassembly 110 from bottle 190).Cap attachment feature 192 andbottle attachment feature 128 may be any suitable combination of reciprocal or otherwise related features that may be configured to interact with each other for removablycoupling cap subassembly 110 to bottle 190 (e.g., snaps, notches, clips, location or transition fits, etc.).Bottle 190 may also include alip 194, which may protrude from an exterior surface ofbody 195 belowcap attachment feature 192, wherelip 194 may be configured to suspendcap subassembly 110 by at least a certain distance aboveclosed end 199.Cap attachment feature 192 and/orlip 194 may ensure a specific relationship betweencap subassembly 110 andbottle 190 whencap subassembly 110 is coupled tobottle 190. -
Cap subassembly 110 may include an adjustable indicator that may be utilized for any suitable purpose, such as for keeping track of a schedule with respect to anysuitable content 197. As shown inFIGS. 1-6 , for example,cap subassembly 110 may include aclosure 120, adial 130, agear assembly 140, and abase 170.Closure 120 ofcap 110 may include a closure body that may include one ormore side walls 125 that may extend from an at least partially closedtop end 121 to an at least partially openbottom end 129 for defining aninterior closure space 123. Bottle attachment feature 128 may be provided along an interior surface of aside wall 125 adjacent or otherwise nearend 129, or at any other suitable position of closure 120 (e.g.,bottle attachment feature 128 may be provided on an external surface ofclosure 120 or along bottom end 129).Closure 120 may be configured to be removably coupled to bottle 190 for at least partially preventingcontent 197 from being removed frombottle space 197 and/or for maintaining the freshness ofcontent 197.Closure 120 may also include one or more closure indicia passageways 126 through any suitable portions ofclosure 120 for selectively exposing to a user one or more other portions of cap subassembly 100 (e.g., portions ofdial 130, as described below). As shown, closure indicia passageways 126 may include at least one top closure indicia passageway 126 t that may be provided through the wall oftop end 121 ofclosure 120, at least one side closure indiciapassageway 126 s that may be provided through one ormore side walls 125 ofclosure 120, and/or at least one bottom closure indicia passageway (e.g.,passageway 176 as described below with respect to base 170). As described below, each closure indicia passageway 126 may be a hollow opening through a wall or other portion ofclosure 120 or may be such an opening that may be covered by or otherwise configured to include a transparent or translucent material or any other suitable object (e.g., a magnifying glass 126 tm, 126 sm, etc.) that may enable communication of information therethrough to a user ofassembly 100. Such an object positioned within an indicia passageway may be configured to prevent a user or other entity external toassembly 100 from interacting withdial 130 through that indicia passageway (e.g., such thatdial 130 may not be moved within indicia spacing 183 except via interaction with gear assembly 140).Closure 120 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions. For example, althoughclosure 120 may be shown to define a cylindrically shapedclosure space 123 and acircular opening 129, any suitable shapes of any suitable sizes may be provided by any suitable portions ofclosure 120. In some embodiments,closure 120 may be configured to define a majority of the external appearance of cap subassembly 110 (e.g., at least a majority of the external appearance of the top and sides of cap subassembly 110). -
Dial 130 ofcap 110 may include a dial body that may include one ormore side walls 135 that may extend from an at least partially closedtop end 131 to an at least partially closedbottom end 139.Dial 130 may include anysuitable dial indicia 136 on any suitable portions ofdial 130 for selective display to a user of assembly 100 (as described below).Dial indicia 136 may be stamped ondial 130, provided by a sticker adhered to dial 130, painted on dial 130 (e.g., with glow in the dark paint), etched intodial 130, and/or provided via any other suitable method. As shown, dialindicia 136 may includetop dial indicia 136 t that may be provided on an exterior surface oftop end 131 ofdial 130,side dial indicia 136 s that may be provided on an exterior surface of one ormore side walls 135 ofdial 130, and/or bottom dial indicia 136 b that may be provided on an exterior surface ofbottom end 139 ofdial 130.Dial 130 may be configured to fit at least partially withinclosure space 123, such thatdial 130 may be moved withinclosure space 123 with respect toclosure 120 for selectively aligningdifferent dial indicia 136 ofdial 130 with a closure indicia passageway 126 ofclosure 120.Dial 130 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions. For example, althoughdial 130 may be shown to define a cylindrically shaped object with a circulartop wall 131 and acircular bottom wall 139, any suitable shapes of any suitable sizes may be provided by any suitable portions ofdial 130. -
Base 170 ofcap 110 may include a base body that may include one or more side walls 175 that may extend from an at least partially closedtop end 171 to an at least partially closedbottom end 179.Base 170 may be configured to be coupled (e.g., permanently or removably) toclosure 120, such that, for example,base 170 andclosure 120 may together define at least a portion of anindicia space 183 within whichdial 130 may be positioned. For example, as shown inFIGS. 1-6 ,base 170 may include at least one closure attachment feature 174 (e.g., one or more notches protruding from an exterior surface of base 170) andclosure 120 may include at least one base attachment feature 124 (e.g., one or more grooves or female threads protruding from an interior surface of closure 120), whereclosure attachment feature 174 may snap into or otherwisefit base 170 withinbase attachment feature 124 for securingbase 170 withinclosure space 123, which may thereby define a reducedindicia space 183 betweenclosure 120 and base 170 (see, e.g.,FIG. 6 ). In some such embodiments, as shown,base 170 may be pushed upwardly (e.g., in the +Z direction) for interlocking withbase attachment feature 124 ofclosure 120.Base attachment feature 124 may be positioned abovebottle attachment feature 128 withinclosure space 123 ofclosure 120 such thatbase 170 may be coupled toclosure 120 while still enablingbottle attachment feature 128 toremovably couple closure 120 to bottle 190. Whileclosure space 123 may be defined by the interior surface(s) of side wall(s) 125,top end 121, andbottom end 129 ofclosure 120,indicia space 183 may be defined by the interior surface(s) of side wall(s) 125 andtop end 121 ofclosure 120 as well as bybase 170, such thatindicia space 183 may be a portion ofclosure space 123. Thus,base 170 may be configured to fit at least partially withinclosure space 123, such thatbase 170 may define at least a portion of the bottom ofindicia space 183. As shown and as described below,base 170 may also include abase indicia passageway 176 that may be provided through the base body fromtop end 171 tobottom end 179, where suchbase indicia passageway 176 may also be referred to herein as a bottom closure indicia passageway, asbase 170 may act as a bottom ofindicia space 183 defined byclosure 120 at its top and sides. As described below, like each closure indicia passageway 126,base indicia passageway 176 may be a hollow opening through a wall or other portion ofbase 170 or may be such an opening that may be covered by or otherwise configured to include a transparent or translucent material or any other suitable object (e.g., amagnifying glass 176 m) that may enable communication of information therethrough to a user ofassembly 100. Such an object positioned withinbase indicia passageway 176 may be configured to prevent a user or other entity external toindicia space 183 from interacting withdial 130 through base indicia passageway 176 (e.g., such thatdial 130 may not be moved within indicia spacing 183 except via interaction with gear assembly 140).Base 170 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions. For example, althoughbase 170 may be shown to define a disc or cylindrically shaped object with a circulartop wall 171 and acircular bottom wall 179, any suitable shapes of any suitable sizes may be provided by any suitable portions ofbase 170.Base 170 may be a single molded piece to provide the entire structure ofbase 170, which may or may not includecomponent 172 described below.Dial 130 may be positioned withinindicia space 183 whenbase 170 is coupled to closure 120 (see, e.g.,FIG. 6 ). -
Gear assembly 140 ofcap 110 may be at least partially positioned withinindicia space 183 along withdial 130, andgear assembly 140 may be configured to selectively movedial 130 withinindicia space 183 with respect toclosure 120 for selectively aligningdifferent dial indicia 136 with a closure indicia passageway 126 ofclosure 120.Gear assembly 140 may include one or more gears that may be configured to translate a user motion that may be applied to a first portion ofgear assembly 140 into movement ofdial 130 with indicia space 183 (e.g., rotation ofdial 130 about an axis A along a Z-axis). As shown inFIGS. 1-6 , for example,gear assembly 140 may include an upper ordial gear subassembly 150 and a lower oruser gear subassembly 160.Dial gear subassembly 150 may include an upper or dial cogwheel orgear 152 and, in some embodiments, an upper ordial gear shaft 158 that may extend away fromgear 152 along an axis of rotation of gear 152 (e.g., axis A along a Z-axis).Gear shaft 158 andgear 152 may be a single molded piece or may be distinct elements coupled via any suitable coupling features (e.g., glue, threading, etc.).User gear subassembly 160 may include a lower or user cogwheel orgear 162 and, in some embodiments, a lower oruser gear shaft 168 that may extend away fromgear 162 along an axis of rotation of gear 162 (e.g., axis B along a Z-axis that may be parallel to axis A).Gear shaft 168 andgear 162 may be a single molded piece or may be distinct elements coupled via any suitable coupling features (e.g., glue, threading, etc.).User gear subassembly 160 may also include auser handle 166 that may be coupled to a portion of gear 162 (e.g., at an end of gear shaft 168), such that a user may apply a user force or motion to handle 166 forrotating gear 162.Gear shaft 168 and handle 166 may be a single molded piece or may be distinct elements coupled via any suitable coupling features (e.g., glue, threading, hinge, etc.).Gear assembly 140 may be configured to translate movement (e.g., rotation) ofgear 162 into movement (e.g., rotation) ofgear 152, which may be configured to move (e.g., rotate) dial 130 with respect toclosure 120 withinindicia space 183. For example, as shown,gear 162 may include teeth or cogs or any other suitable mechanical feature that may mesh with teeth or cogs or any other suitable mechanical feature ofgear 152 to transmit torque therebetween within gear assembly 140 (e.g., as a transmission or gearbox). -
Base 170 may be configured to support at least a portion ofgear assembly 140 and/or dial 130 withinindicia space 183 whenbase 170 is coupled toclosure 120. For example, as shown, at least a portion of user gear subassembly 160 (e.g., a bottom portion of gear 162) may be configured to rest against base 170 (e.g., against an exterior surface oftop wall 171 of base 170). A usergear shaft opening 177 may be provided through base 170 (e.g., betweentop wall 171 and bottom wall 179) for enabling at least a portion ofuser gear shaft 168 and/or user handle 166 to extend therethrough fromindicia space 183 to at least a portion ofclosure space 123 and/orbottle space 193 or for at least enabling a portion ofgear subassembly 160 to be accessible therethrough, such that a portion ofgear assembly 140 may be accessible to a user whencap 110 is not coupled to bottle 190 (e.g., when a user unscrewscap 110 frombottle 190 for accessing contents 197). Such accessibility to a portion ofgear subassembly 160 by a user external to indicia space 183 (e.g., via usergear shaft opening 177 of base 170) may enable a user ofassembly 100 to apply a user force or motion to handle 166 forrotating gear 162. Alternatively or additionally, in some embodiments, usergear shaft opening 177 ofbase 170 may at least partially define an axis of rotation ofuser gear 162 and/or may otherwise limit at least a portion of a path along which at least a portion ofuser gear subassembly 160 may travel (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement ofgear subassembly 160 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 183). For example, as shown,user gear 162 may be configured to rotate about an axis B, andgear shaft 168 may extend away fromgear 162 along axis B, such thatgear shaft opening 177 may align with axis B. Additionally or alternatively, as shown, at least a portion of dial gear subassembly 150 (e.g., a top portion of gear 152) may be coupled to dial 130 (e.g., non-rotatably affixed (e.g., via an adhesive or a bolt) to an exterior surface ofbottom wall 139 of dial 130), such that movement ofgear subassembly 150 may provide movement of dial 130 (e.g., rotational movement about axis A). In some embodiments, a dialgear shaft opening 173 may be provided through at least a portion of base 170 (e.g., through top wall 171), whereopening 173 may at least partially define an axis of rotation ofdial gear 152 and/or may otherwise limit at least a portion of a path along which at least a portion ofdial gear subassembly 150 may travel (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement ofgear subassembly 150 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 183). For example, as shown,dial gear 152 may be configured to rotate about an axis A, andgear shaft 158 may extend away fromgear 152 along axis A, such thatgear shaft opening 173 may align with axis A. However, in some embodiments,gear shaft opening 173 and/orgear shaft 158 may not be necessary and other features ofassembly 100 may define axis A about which gear 152 may rotate. For example, the positioning ofbase 170,gear subassembly 160, and dial 130 withinindicia space 183 may limit the manner in whichgear subassembly 150 may move within indicia space 183 (e.g., only to movement about axis A). In some embodiments, as shown inFIGS. 1-6 , an interior surface oftop end 121 ofclosure 120 may include a dial movement feature 127 and an exterior surface oftop end 131 ofdial 130 may include aclosure movement feature 137, wheresuch features 127 and 137 may interact with one another to at least partially define an axis of rotation ofdial 130 with respect to closure 120 (e.g., axis A) or otherwise aid or limit such movement (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement ofdial 130 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 183), for example, wherefeature 137 may be a nub that may extend into a cut out or notch 127. In some embodiments, the thickness ofdial 130 along the Z-axis combined with the thickness ofgear assembly 140 along the Z-axis may be substantially equal to or slightly less than the thickness ofindicia space 183 along the Z-axis, such thatdial 130 and/orgear assembly 140 may be prevented or limited with respect to movement along the Z-axis. - As just one example of use, a user may interact with
handle 166 ofuser gear subassembly 160, as may be accessible to a user throughopening 177 ofbase 170, for rotatinggear shaft 168 and/orgear 162 in the direction of arrow R2 about axis B, which may in turn rotategear 152 ofdial subassembly 150 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A, which may in turn rotatedial 130 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A. Such rotation ofdial 130 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A withinindicia space 183 with respect toclosure 120 may alter the particular portion ofdial 130 and, thus, the particular portion ofdial indicia 136 that may be aligned with a particular closure indicia passageway 126, which may alter what information may be provided to a user ofassembly 100 by that particular portion ofdial indicia 136. For example, as shown inFIGS. 1-6 ,top dial indicia 136 t may include seven distinct indications or marks respectively indicative of one of the seven days of the calendar week, whileside dial indicia 136 s may include seven distinct indications or marks, each of which may be adjacent a respective one of the indications oftop dial indicia 136 t and may be indicative of a particular time of day, and while bottom dial indicia 136 b may include seven distinct indications or marks, each of which may be adjacent a respective one of the indications ofside dial indicia 136 s and may be indicative of a particular dosage (e.g., number of pills of content 197). In such embodiments, a particular set of adjacent indications including one from each ofdial indicia indicia space 183 includingindicia passageways assembly 100 may be configured to expose a particular day of the week, a particular time of day, and a particular dosage to a user ofassembly 100 viacap subassembly 110. For example, as shown inFIG. 2 , when dial 130 is at a first particular orientation with respect toclosure 120 andbase 170 withinindicia space 183, a first day of the week indication “Sat.” oftop dial indicia 136 t may be aligned with and visible through indicia passageway 126 t, and a first time of day indication “10:30 PM” ofside dial indicia 136 s may be aligned with and visible throughindicia passageway 126 s, and a first dosage indication “1 Pill” of bottom dial indicia 136 b may be aligned with and visible through indicia passageway 176 (see, e.g., the orientation ofFIG. 6 , which may only be visible to a user ofassembly 100 whencap 110 is removed from bottle 190). However, when dial 130 is rotated in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A withinindicia space 183 with respect toclosure 120 from such a first orientation to a second orientation, the particular portion ofdial 130 and, thus, the particular portion ofdial indicia 136 that may be aligned with such indicia passageways 126/176 may be altered, for example, such that a second day of the week indication “Sun.” oftop dial indicia 136 t may be aligned with and visible through indicia passageway 126 t, a second time of day indication “10:30 PM” ofside dial indicia 136 s may be aligned with and visible throughindicia passageway 126 s, and a second dosage indication “1 Pill” of bottom dial indicia 136 b may be aligned with and visible throughindicia passageway 176. This may enable a user ofassembly 100 to update the information communicated to the user bydial 130 throughcap subassembly 110 daily after the user takes theappropriate content 197 ofbottle 190 for that day so that the user will be reminded on the appropriate dosage for the following day. It is to be understood that any other or any additional suitable information may be described by any one or more of the variousdial indicia groupings cap subassembly 110 may be positioned in any suitable arrangement aboutcap subassembly 110 and need not be provided at least partially within a single plane (e.g., the X-Z plane ofFIG. 6 ), which would thereby allow two ormore dial indications 136 to be exposed that are not adjacent one another (e.g., not at least partially within a single plane). - While
cap subassembly 110 may be configured to enable rotation ofdial 130 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A withinindicia space 183 with respect toclosure 120 from a first orientation to a second orientation (e.g., to keep track of a medication schedule forcontent 197 of bottle 190) by enabling user rotation ofhandle 166 in the direction of arrow R2 about axis B,cap subassembly 110 may be configured to prevent rotation ofdial 130 in the opposite direction of arrow R2 about axis A. For example, as shown,gear assembly 140 may include aratchet component 142 with ratcheting teeth/notches or other suitable features andbase 170 may include astopper component 172 with a tensioned free end that may be configured to interact withratchet component 142 for preventing rotation ofgear subassembly 150 and, thus, dial 130 in the direction of arrow R2 while enabling rotation ofgear subassembly 150 in the direction of arrow R1.Ratchet component 142 may be provided anywhere along any portion ofgear assembly 140 andbase 170 may be configured to providestopper component 172 at any suitable position withindicia space 183 that may enable proper interaction betweencomponents FIGS. 4 and 6 ,ratchet component 142 may be provided along a portion of gear subassembly 150 (e.g., adjacent a top portion ofgear 152 at or near dial 130) andbase 170 may providestopper component 172 justadjacent ratchet component 142 in the +X direction (e.g., at the top end of anextension body 178 that may extend from a top surface of the base body of base 170), such that a free end ofstopper component 172 may enable rotation ofratchet component 142 and, thus,gear 152 and dial 130 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A and at the same time prevent rotation ofratchet component 142 and, thus,gear 152 and dial 130 in the direction of arrow R2 about axis A (e.g., due to the geometrical relationship between teeth or other suitable features ofratchet component 142 and the free end of stopper component 172). This may prevent a user fromrotating gear assembly 140 in the wrong direction (e.g., by an intentional user force but in an incorrect direction). Moreover, interaction ofratchet component 142 andstopper component 172 may emit a sound that may be audible to a user (e.g., a clicking sound) eachtime ratchet component 142 is rotated or advanced with respect tostopper component 172, which may provide a user with an audible feedback to user adjustment of the indicia ofassembly 100. Additionally or alternatively, interaction ofratchet component 142 andstopper component 172 may generate a tactile resistance and then release that may be felt by a user eachtime ratchet component 142 is rotated or advanced with respect tostopper component 172, which may provide a user with a tactile or haptic feedback to user adjustment of the indicia ofassembly 100. In some embodiments,stopper component 172 may be tensioned by a suitable amount such that the free end ofstopper component 172 may exert a suitable force onratchet component 142 for even preventing rotation ofdial 130 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A, where such a force may be overcome by an intentional user force onhandle 166 but that may not be overcome by any unintentional forces to whichcap subassembly 110 may be susceptible during normal use ofassembly 100, such thatcomponents 142/172 may enable proper rotation ofdial 130 in the direction of arrow R1 but only if at least a certain amount of threshold force is applied to gear assembly 140 (e.g., to handle 166). - Additionally or alternatively to being provided with ratchet component and stopper component (e.g.,
ratchet component 142 and stopper component 172),gear assembly 140 may be configured to have a resting state in which movement ofgear subassembly 150 may not translate into motion of gear subassembly 160 (and vice versa) and an active state in which movement ofgear subassembly 150 may translate into motion of gear subassembly 160 (and vice versa). For example, as shown inFIG. 6 ,gear assembly 140 may be in a resting state, whereby aspacing distance 141 may exist betweengear 152 and gear 162 (e.g., along the X-axis and/or along the Z-axis ofFIG. 6 ), such that any rotation ofuser gear 162 in such a resting state (e.g., about axis B in the direction of arrow R1 or arrow R2) would not be translated into a rotation ofdial gear 152. In order to reconfiguregear assembly 140 from such a resting state into an active state, a user may first apply an upward force (e.g., longitudinal force in the +Z direction along axis B) on gear subassembly 160 (e.g., viahandle 166, such as along a longitudinal axis of gear shaft 168), such thatgear 162 may be moved upwards by spacingdistance 141 in order to contact gear 152 (e.g., such that teeth ofgear 162 may mesh with teeth of gear 152), and then the user may apply a rotation force (e.g., in the direction of arrow R2 about axis B) to user gear subassembly 160 (e.g., via handle 166) for rotatingmeshed dial gear 152 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A. Therefore, like a safety or child-resistant mechanism may be provided bybottle attachment feature 128 andcap attachment feature 192 that may requirecap subassembly 110 be pushed downwardly in order to enable twisting or rotating for removingcap subassembly 110 frombottle 190,gear assembly 140 may provide a safety or child-resistant mechanism that may requireuser gear subassembly 160 be pushed towardsdial gear subassembly 150 in order to enable effective rotation ofuser gear subassembly 160 for translating dial gear subassembly 150 (e.g., for updating exposed dial indicia 136). This may help prevent unintentional rotation ofdial 130 and, thus, unintentional updating of exposeddial indicia 136.Spacing distance 141 may be any suitable distance for any suitable assembly of any suitable use case, such as 0.125 inches (e.g., along the Z-axis) for a pill bottle container. - By preventing inadvertent or undesired movement of
dial 130 withinindicia space 183 through use of ratchet/stopper components 142/172 and/or use ofspacing distance 141, and/or by preventing user access to dial 130 andgear assembly 140 externally toassembly 100, but instead by limiting user access to dial 130 viagear assembly 140 whencap 110 has been removed frombottle 190,assembly 100 may provide a reliable and easy to use indicator mechanism (e.g., for tracking a medication schedule). By providing at least three distinct sets of dial indicia (e.g.,indicia assembly 100. Although, it is to be understood, that only one or two of such indicia may be provided in other embodiments. In yet other embodiments, more than three of such indicia may be provided (e.g., two distinct sets of indicia may be provided along different heights of aside wall 135 of dial 130 (e.g., a second set of side dial indicia may be provided above or belowside dial indicia 136 s while a second distinct side closure indicia passageway may be provided above or below side closure indiciapassageway 126 s). It is to be understood that, in some embodiments, as shown, at least a portion ofside wall 135 ofdial 130 and/or at least a portion ofside wall 125 ofclosure 120 may extend (e.g., in a Y-Z plane) parallel to the axis of rotation ofdial 130 within closure 120 (e.g., axis A along an axis Z), while at least a portion oftop 131 ofdial 130 and/or at least a portion oftop 121 ofclosure 120 may extend (e.g., in an X-Y plane) perpendicularly to the axis of rotation ofdial 130 within closure 120 (e.g., axis A along an axis Z), and while at least a portion ofbottom 139 ofdial 130 and/or at least a portion ofbottom 179 ofbase 170 may extend (e.g., in an X-Y plane) perpendicularly to the axis of rotation ofdial 130 within closure 120 (e.g., axis A along an axis Z). -
FIG. 7 shows another illustrative bottle container assembly 200, which may be similar toassembly 100 ofFIGS. 1-6 but may include a hollow dial within which at least a portion of a gear assembly may reside. Assembly 200 ofFIG. 7 may include similar components toassembly 100 ofFIGS. 1-6 , with components of assembly 200 ofFIG. 7 being labeled with “2xx” reference labels that may correspond to the “1xx” reference labels of the labeled components ofassembly 100 ofFIGS. 1-6 , where differences therebetween may be described below. As shown, assembly 200 may include abottle 290 and acap 210 that may be coupled to bottle 290 for forming a closed container that may safely hold content therein. For example,bottle 290 may include a bottle body that may include one ormore side walls 295 that may extend from a closed bottom end (not shown) to an at least partially open top end 291 for defining aninterior bottle space 293.Bottle 290 may be configured such that a user may insert content (not shown) through open end 291 into bottle space 293 (e.g., along the −Z direction) and/or may remove content frombottle space 293 through open end 291 (e.g., along the +Z direction).Bottle 290 may be any suitable container portion that may be configured to hold any suitable content in any suitable way.Bottle 290 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions. -
Cap 210 may be configured to be removably coupled tobottle 290, such thatcap 210 may cover open end 291 for preventing a user from accessingbottle space 293 whencap 210 is coupled to bottle 290, and such thatcap 210 may not cover at least a portion of open end 291 for enabling a user to accessbottle space 293 whencap 210 is not coupled to bottle 290. Assembly 200 may be configured in any suitable way for enabling cap subassembly to be removably coupled tobottle 290. As just one example,bottle 290 may include at least one cap attachment feature 292 andcap 210 may include at least one bottle attachment feature 228, where cap attachment feature 292 and bottle attachment feature 228 may be any suitable combination of reciprocal or otherwise related features that may be configured to interact with each other forremovably coupling cap 210 to bottle 290 (e.g., threads, snaps, notches, clips, location or transition fits, etc.).Bottle 290 may also include alip 294, which may protrude from an exterior surface ofbody 295 below cap attachment feature 292, wherelip 294 may be configured to suspendcap subassembly 210 by at least a certain distance above the closed end. Cap attachment feature 292 and/orlip 294 may ensure a specific relationship betweencap 210 andbottle 290 whencap 210 is coupled tobottle 290. -
Cap 210 may include a closure 220, a dial 230, a gear assembly 240, and a base 270. Closure 220 ofcap 210 may include a closure body that may include one ormore side walls 225 that may extend from an at least partially closed top end 221 to an at least partially openbottom end 229 for defining aninterior closure space 223. Closure 220 may also include one or more closure indicia passageways 226 through any suitable portions of closure 220 for selectively exposing to a user one or more other portions of cap subassembly 200 (e.g., portions of dial 230, as described below). As shown, closure indicia passageways 226 may include at least one top closure indicia passageway 226 t that may be provided through the wall of top end 221 of closure 220, at least one side closure indiciapassageway 226 s that may be provided through one ormore side walls 225 of closure 220, and/or at least one bottom closure indicia passageway (e.g.,passageway 276 as described below with respect to base 270). As described below, each closure indicia passageway 226 may be a hollow opening through a wall or other portion of closure 220 or may be such an opening that may be covered by or otherwise configured to include a transparent or translucent material or any other suitable object (e.g., a magnifying glass 226 tm, 226 sm, etc.) that may enable communication of information therethrough to a user of assembly 200. Closure 220 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions. - Dial 230 of
cap 210 may include a dial body that may include one ormore side walls 235 that may extend from an at least partially closed top end 231 to an at least partially closedbottom end 239. Unlikedial 130, which may be a solid or closed shape, dial 230 may define aninterior dial space 233, which may be accessible via adial opening 238, which may be provided through any suitable portion of the dial body, such as throughbottom end 239. Dial 230 may include any suitable dial indicia 236 on any suitable portions of dial 230 for selective display to a user of assembly 200. As shown, dial indicia 236 may include top dial indicia 236 t that may be provided on an exterior surface of top end 231 of dial 230,side dial indicia 236 s that may be provided on an exterior surface of one ormore side walls 235 of dial 230, and/orbottom dial indicia 236 b that may be provided on an exterior surface ofbottom end 239 of dial 230 (e.g.,adjacent opening 238 along the X-axis). Dial 230 may be configured to fit at least partially withinclosure space 223, such that dial 230 may be moved withinclosure space 223 with respect to closure 220 for selectively aligning different dial indicia 236 of dial 230 with a closure indicia passageway 226 of closure 220. Dial 230 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions. - Base 270 of
cap 210 may include a base body that may include one or more side walls 275 that may extend from an at least partially closedtop end 271 to an at least partially closed bottom end 279. Base 270 may be configured to be coupled (e.g., permanently or removably) to closure 220, such that, for example, base 270 and closure 220 may together define at least a portion of anindicia space 283 within which dial 230 may be positioned. For example, base 270 may include at least one closure attachment feature (e.g., the shape of an exterior surface of side wall(s) 275 of base 270) and closure 220 may include at least one base attachment feature 224 (e.g., one or more grooves or female threads protruding from an interior surface of closure 220), where base 270 may snap into or otherwise fit base 270 within base attachment feature 224 for securing base 270 withinclosure space 223, which may thereby define a reducedindicia space 283 between closure 220 and base 270. Base attachment feature 224 may be positioned above bottle attachment feature 228 withinclosure space 223 of closure 220 such that base 270 may be coupled to closure 220 while still enabling bottle attachment feature 228 to removably couple closure 220 to bottle 290. Whileclosure space 223 may be defined by the interior surface(s) of side wall(s) 225, top end 221, andbottom end 229 of closure 220,indicia space 283 may be defined by the interior surface(s) of side wall(s) 225 and top end 221 of closure 220 as well as by base 270, such thatindicia space 283 may be a portion ofclosure space 223. Thus, base 270 may be configured to fit at least partially withinclosure space 223, such that base 270 may define at least a portion of the bottom ofindicia space 283. As shown, base 270 may also include abase indicia passageway 276 that may be provided through the base body fromtop end 271 to bottom end 279, where suchbase indicia passageway 276 may also be referred to herein as a bottom closure indicia passageway, as base 270 may act as a bottom ofindicia space 283 defined by closure 220 at its top and sides. As described below, like each closure indicia passageway 226,base indicia passageway 276 may be a hollow opening through a wall or other portion of base 270 or may be such an opening that may be covered by or otherwise configured to include a transparent or translucent material or any other suitable object (e.g., amagnifying glass 276 m) that may enable communication of information therethrough to a user of assembly 200. Base 270 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions. Dial 230 may be at least partially positioned withinindicia space 283 when base 270 is coupled to closure 220. Moreover, as shown, unlikeassembly 100, at least a portion of base 270 may be positioned withindial space 233. While a bottom portion (e.g., bottom 279) of base 270 may be substantially flat (e.g., likebottom 179 of base 170), at least a portion of a profile of a top portion (e.g., top 271) of base 270 may vary in height, for example, such that one portion of base 270 may pass up intodial space 233 via dial opening 238 (e.g., for supporting at least a portion of gear assembly 240) while another portion of base 270 may span bottom 239 of dial 230 (e.g., for defining a bottom of indicia space 283). - Gear assembly 240 of
cap 210 may be at least partially positioned withinindicia space 283 along with dial 230, and gear assembly 240 may be configured to selectively move dial 230 withinindicia space 283 with respect to closure 220 for selectively aligning different dial indicia 236 with a closure indicia passageway 226/276 of closure 220/base 270. Moreover, as shown, unlikeassembly 100, at least a portion of gear assembly 240 may be positioned withindial space 233. Gear assembly 240 may include one or more gears that may be configured to translate a user motion that may be applied to a first portion of gear assembly 240 into movement of dial 230 with indicia space 283 (e.g., rotation of dial 230 about an axis A along a Z-axis). As shown, gear assembly 240 may include an upper or dial gear subassembly 250 and a lower or user gear subassembly 260. Dial gear subassembly 250 may include an upper or dial cogwheel orgear 252 and, in some embodiments, an upper or dial gear shaft 258 that may extend away fromgear 252 along an axis of rotation of gear 252 (e.g., axis A along a Z-axis). User gear subassembly 260 may include a lower or user cogwheel orgear 262 and, in some embodiments, a lower or user gear shaft 268 that may extend away fromgear 262 along an axis of rotation of gear 262 (e.g., axis B along a Z-axis that may be parallel to axis A). User gear subassembly 260 may also include a user handle 266 that may be coupled to a portion of gear 262 (e.g., at an end of gear shaft 268), such that a user may apply a user force or motion to handle 266 forrotating gear 262. Gear assembly 240 may be configured such that rotation ofgear 262 may be configured to rotate or otherwise translategear 252, which may be configured to rotate or otherwise translate dial 230 with respect to closure 220 withinindicia space 283. For example, as shown,gear 262 may include teeth or cogs or any other suitable mechanical feature that may mesh with teeth or cogs or any other suitable mechanical feature ofgear 252 to transmit torque therebetween within gear assembly 240 (e.g., as a transmission or gearbox). - Base 270 may be configured to support at least a portion of gear assembly 240 and/or dial 230 within
indicia space 283 when base 270 is coupled to closure 220. For example, as shown, at least a portion of user gear subassembly 260 (e.g., a bottom portion of gear 262) may be configured to rest against base 270 (e.g., against an exterior surface oftop wall 271 of base 270). A usergear shaft opening 277 may be provided through base 270 (e.g., betweentop wall 271 and bottom wall 279) for enabling at least a portion of user gear shaft 268 and/or user handle 266 to extend therethrough fromindicia space 283 to at least a portion ofclosure space 223 and/orbottle space 293 or for at least enabling a portion of gear subassembly 260 to be accessible therethrough, such that a portion of gear assembly 240 may be accessible to a user whencap 210 is not coupled to bottle 290 (e.g., when a user unscrewscap 210 frombottle 290 for accessing contents 297). Such accessibility to a portion of gear subassembly 260 by a user external to indicia space 283 (e.g., via usergear shaft opening 277 of base 270) may enable a user of assembly 200 to apply a user force or motion to handle 266 forrotating gear 262. Alternatively or additionally, in some embodiments, usergear shaft opening 277 of base 270 may at least partially define an axis of rotation ofuser gear 262 and/or may otherwise limit at least a portion of a path along which at least a portion of user gear subassembly 260 may travel (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement of gear subassembly 260 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 283). For example, as shown,user gear 262 may be configured to rotate about an axis B, and gear shaft 268 may extend away fromgear 262 along axis B, such thatgear shaft opening 277 may align with axis B. Additionally or alternatively, as shown, at least a portion of dial gear subassembly 250 (e.g., a top portion of gear 252) may be coupled to dial 230 (e.g., to an interior surface of top wall 231 of dial 230 within dial space 233), such that movement of gear subassembly 250 may provide movement of dial 230 (e.g., rotational movement about axis A). In some embodiments, a dial gear shaft opening 273 may be provided through at least a portion of base 270 (e.g., through top wall 271), where opening 273 may at least partially define an axis of rotation ofdial gear 252 and/or may otherwise limit at least a portion of a path along which at least a portion of dial gear subassembly 250 may travel (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement of gear subassembly 250 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 283). For example, as shown,dial gear 252 may be configured to rotate about an axis A, and gear shaft 258 may extend away fromgear 252 along axis A, such that gear shaft opening 273 may align with axis A. However, in some embodiments, gear shaft opening 273 and/or gear shaft 258 may not be necessary and other features of assembly 200 may define axis A about which gear 252 may rotate. For example, the positioning of base 270, gear subassembly 260, and dial 230 withinindicia space 283 may limit the manner in which gear subassembly 250 may move within indicia space 283 (e.g., only to movement about axis A). In some embodiments, as shown inFIG. 7 , an interior surface of top end 221 of closure 220 may include a dial movement feature 227 and an exterior surface of top end 231 of dial 230 may include a closure movement feature 237, where such features 227 and 237 may interact with one another to at least partially define an axis of rotation of dial 230 with respect to closure 220 (e.g., axis A) or otherwise aid or limit such movement (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement of dial 230 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 283), for example, where feature 237 may be a nub that may extend into a cut out or notch 227. In some embodiments, the thickness of the wall of top end 231 of dial 230 along the Z-axis combined with the thickness of gear assembly 240 along the Z-axis may be substantially equal to or slightly less than a thickness ofindicia space 283 along the Z-axis, such that dial 230 and/or gear assembly 240 may be prevented or limited with respect to movement along the Z-axis. - As just one example of use, a user may interact with handle 266 of user gear subassembly 260, as may be accessible to a user through
opening 277 of base 270, for rotating gear shaft 268 and/orgear 262 in the direction of arrow R2 about axis B, which may in turn rotategear 252 of dial subassembly 250 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A, which may in turn rotate dial 230 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A. Such rotation of dial 230 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A withinindicia space 283 with respect to closure 220 may alter the particular portion of dial 230 and, thus, the particular portion of dial indicia 236 that may be aligned with a particular closure indicia passageway 226/276, which may alter what information may be provided to a user of assembly 200 by that particular portion of dial indicia 236. For example, as shown inFIG. 7 , when dial 230 is at a first particular orientation with respect to closure 220 and base 270 withinindicia space 283, a first indication of top dial indicia 236 t may be aligned with and visible through indicia passageway 226 t, a first indication ofside dial indicia 236 s may be aligned with and visible throughindicia passageway 226 s, and a first indication ofbottom dial indicia 236 b may be aligned with and visible through indicia passageway 276 (e.g., visible by a user whencap 210 is removed from bottle 290). However, when dial 230 is rotated in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A withinindicia space 283 with respect to closure 220 from such a first orientation to a second orientation, the particular portion of dial 230 and, thus, the particular portion of dial indicia 236 that may be aligned with such indicia passageways 226/276 may be altered. Aliquid proof cover 269 may be provided over at least a portion of gear assembly 240. For example, as shown inFIG. 7 , anysuitable cover 269 may be provided over a portion of the exterior surface of bottom 279 of base 270 (e.g., overopening 277 and any portion of gear assembly 240 that may extend out from opening 277 beyond bottom 279), wherebycover 269 may prevent any liquid or other element that may have a detrimental effect on the functionality of gear assembly 240 from entering intoindicia space 283 via opening 277 (e.g., liquid contents of bottle 290). Cover 269 may be any suitable material (e.g., rubber) that may be flexible enough to enable a user to grasp/push/rotate handle 266 or otherwise interact with gear assembly 240 for moving dial 230. - While
cap subassembly 210 may be configured to enable rotation of dial 230 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A withinindicia space 283 with respect to closure 220 from a first orientation to a second orientation (e.g., to keep track of a medication schedule for content of bottle 290) by enabling user rotation of handle 266 in the direction of arrow R2 about axis B,cap subassembly 210 may be configured to prevent rotation of dial 230 in the opposite direction of arrow R2 about axis A. For example, as shown, gear assembly 240 may include a ratchet component 242 and base 270 may include a stopper component 272 that may be configured to interact with ratchet component 242 for preventing rotation of gear subassembly 250 and, thus, dial 230 in the direction of arrow R2 while enabling rotation of gear subassembly 250 in the direction of arrow R1. For example, as shown, ratchet component 242 may be provided along a portion of gear subassembly 250 (e.g., adjacent a top portion ofgear 252 at or near dial 230) and base 270 may provide stopper component 272 just adjacent ratchet component 242 in the +X direction (e.g., at the top end of anextension body 278 that may extend from atop surface 271 of the base body of base 270), such that a free end of stopper component 272 may enable rotation of ratchet component 242 and, thus,gear 252 and dial 230 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A and at the same time prevent rotation of ratchet component 242 and, thus,gear 252 and dial 230 in the direction of arrow R2 about axis A (e.g., due to the geometrical relationship between teeth or other suitable features of ratchet component 242 and the free end of stopper component 272). Moreover, interaction of ratchet component 242 and stopper component 272 may provide a user with an audible and/or tactile feedback to user adjustment of the indicia of assembly 200. In some embodiments, stopper component 272 may be tensioned by a suitable amount such that the free end of stopper component 272 may exert a suitable force on ratchet component 242 for even preventing rotation of dial 230 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A, where such a force may be overcome by an intentional user force on handle 266 but that may not be overcome by any unintentional forces to whichcap subassembly 210 may be susceptible during normal use of assembly 200, such that components 242/272 may enable proper rotation of dial 230 in the direction of arrow R1 but only if at least a certain amount of threshold force is applied to gear assembly 240 (e.g., to handle 266). - Additionally or alternatively to being provided with ratchet component and stopper component (e.g., ratchet component 242 and stopper component 272), gear assembly 240 may be configured to have a resting state in which movement of gear subassembly 250 may not translate into motion of gear subassembly 260 (and vice versa) and an active state in which movement of gear subassembly 250 may translate into motion of gear subassembly 260 (and vice versa). For example, as shown in
FIG. 7 , gear assembly 240 may be in a resting state, whereby a spacing distance (e.g., similar to spacing distance 141) may exist betweengear 252 and gear 262 (e.g., along the X-axis and/or along the Z-axis ofFIG. 7 ), such that any rotation ofuser gear 262 in such a resting state (e.g., about axis B in the direction of arrow R1 or arrow R2) would not be translated into a rotation ofdial gear 252. In order to reconfigure gear assembly 240 from such a resting state into an active state, a user may first apply an upward force (e.g., in the +Z direction along axis B) on gear subassembly 260 (e.g., via handle 266), such thatgear 262 may be moved upwards by the spacing distance in order to contact gear 252 (e.g., such that teeth ofgear 262 may mesh with teeth of gear 252), and then the user may apply a rotation force (e.g., in the direction of arrow R2 about axis B) to user gear subassembly 260 (e.g., via handle 266) for rotatingmeshed dial gear 252 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A. This may help prevent unintentional rotation of dial 230 and, thus, unintentional updating of exposed dial indicia 236. - By positioning at least a portion of base 270 and/or gear assembly 240 within a
dial space 233 within dial 230 (e.g., by positioning at least a portion of base 270 and/or at least a portion of gear assembly 240 abovebottom 239 of dial 230), a height ofindicia space 283 between top 221 and bottom 279 of assembly 200 may be shorter than a height ofindicia space 183 between top 121 andbottom 179 ofassembly 100 for a given height of a dial (e.g., along the Z-axis), which may reduce the overall height of the cap subassembly. Additionally or alternatively, by positioning at least a portion of base 270 and/or gear assembly 240 within adial space 233 within dial 230 (e.g., by positioning at least a portion of base 270 and/or at least a portion of gear assembly 240 abovebottom 239 of dial 230), a distance betweenbottom dial indicia 236 b onbottom dial wall 239 andbase indicia passageway 276 through base 270 of assembly 200 may be shorter than a distance between bottom dial indicia 136 b onbottom dial wall 139 andbase indicia passageway 176 throughbase 170 of assembly 100 (e.g., along the Z-axis), which may increase a user's ability to view the bottom dial indicia. -
FIG. 8 shows another illustrativebottle container assembly 300, which may be similar toassembly 100 ofFIGS. 1-6 but may include a hollow dial within which at least a portion of a gear assembly may reside.Assembly 300 ofFIG. 8 may include similar components toassembly 100 ofFIGS. 1-6 , with components ofassembly 300 ofFIG. 8 being labeled with “3xx” reference labels that may correspond to the “1xx” reference labels of the labeled components ofassembly 100 ofFIGS. 1-6 , where differences therebetween may be described below. As shown,assembly 300 may include abottle 390 and acap 310 that may be coupled to bottle 390 for forming a closed container that may safely hold content therein. For example,bottle 390 may include a bottle body that may include one ormore side walls 395 that may extend from a closed bottom end (not shown) to an at least partially opentop end 391 for defining aninterior bottle space 393.Bottle 390 may be configured such that a user may insert content (not shown) throughopen end 391 into bottle space 393 (e.g., along the −Z direction) and/or may remove content frombottle space 393 through open end 391 (e.g., along the +Z direction).Bottle 390 may be any suitable container portion that may be configured to hold any suitable content in any suitable way.Bottle 390 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions. -
Cap 310 may be configured to be removably coupled tobottle 390, such thatcap 310 may coveropen end 391 for preventing a user from accessingbottle space 393 whencap 310 is coupled to bottle 390, and such thatcap 310 may not cover at least a portion ofopen end 391 for enabling a user to accessbottle space 393 whencap 310 is not coupled to bottle 390.Assembly 300 may be configured in any suitable way for enabling cap subassembly to be removably coupled tobottle 390. As just one example,bottle 390 may include at least one cap attachment feature 392 andcap 310 may include at least one bottle attachment feature 328, where cap attachment feature 392 and bottle attachment feature 328 may be any suitable combination of reciprocal or otherwise related features that may be configured to interact with each other forremovably coupling cap 310 to bottle 390 (e.g., threads, snaps, notches, clips, location or transition fits, etc.).Bottle 390 may also include alip 394, which may protrude from an exterior surface ofbody 395 below cap attachment feature 392, wherelip 394 may be configured to suspendcap subassembly 310 by at least a certain distance above the closed end. Cap attachment feature 392 and/orlip 394 may ensure a specific relationship betweencap 310 andbottle 390 whencap 310 is coupled tobottle 390. -
Cap 310 may include a closure 320, a dial 330, a gear assembly 340, and a base 370. Closure 320 ofcap 310 may include a closure body that may include one ormore side walls 325 that may extend from an at least partially closed top end 321 to an at least partially openbottom end 329 for defining aninterior closure space 323. Closure 320 may also include one or more closure indicia passageways 326 through any suitable portions of closure 320 for selectively exposing to a user one or more other portions of cap subassembly 300 (e.g., portions of dial 330, as described below). As shown, closure indicia passageways 326 may include at least one top closure indicia passageway 326 t that may be provided through the wall of top end 321 of closure 320 and/or at least one side closure indiciapassageway 326 s that may be provided through one ormore side walls 325 of closure 320. As described below, each closure indicia passageway 326 may be a hollow opening through a wall or other portion of closure 320 or may be such an opening that may be covered by or otherwise configured to include a transparent or translucent material or any other suitable object (e.g., a magnifying glass 326 tm, 326 sm, etc.) that may enable communication of information therethrough to a user ofassembly 300. Closure 320 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions. - Dial 330 of
cap 310 may include a dial body that may include one ormore side walls 335 that may extend from an at least partially closed top end 331 to an openbottom end 339. Unlikedial 130, which may be a solid or closed shape, dial 330 may define aninterior dial space 333, which may be accessible via openbottom end 339. Dial 330 may include any suitable dial indicia 336 on any suitable portions of dial 330 for selective display to a user ofassembly 300. As shown, dial indicia 336 may include top dial indicia 336 t that may be provided on an exterior surface of top end 331 of dial 330, and/orside dial indicia 336 s that may be provided on an exterior surface of one ormore side walls 335 of dial 330. Dial 330 may be configured to fit at least partially withinclosure space 323, such that dial 330 may be moved withinclosure space 323 with respect to closure 320 for selectively aligning different dial indicia 336 of dial 330 with a closure indicia passageway 326 of closure 320. Dial 330 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions. - Base 370 of
cap 310 may include a base body that may include one ormore side walls 375 that may extend from an at least partially closedtop end 371 to an at least partially closed bottom end 379. Base 370 may be configured to be coupled (e.g., permanently or removably) to closure 320, such that, for example, base 370 and closure 320 may together define at least a portion of anindicia space 383 within which dial 330 may be positioned. For example, base 370 may include at least one closure attachment feature (e.g., the shape of an exterior surface of side wall(s) 375 of base 370) and closure 320 may include at least one base attachment feature 324 (e.g., one or more grooves or female threads protruding from an interior surface of closure 320), where base 370 may snap into or otherwise fit base 370 withinbase attachment feature 324 for securing base 370 withinclosure space 323, which may thereby define a reducedindicia space 383 between closure 320 and base 370.Base attachment feature 324 may be positioned above bottle attachment feature 328 withinclosure space 323 of closure 320 such that base 370 may be coupled to closure 320 while still enabling bottle attachment feature 328 to removably couple closure 320 to bottle 390. Whileclosure space 323 may be defined by the interior surface(s) of side wall(s) 325, top end 321, andbottom end 329 of closure 320,indicia space 383 may be defined by the interior surface(s) of side wall(s) 325 and top end 321 of closure 320 as well as by base 370, such thatindicia space 383 may be a portion ofclosure space 323. Thus, base 370 may be configured to fit at least partially withinclosure space 323, such that base 370 may define at least a portion of the bottom ofindicia space 383. Base 370 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions. Dial 330 may be at least partially positioned withinindicia space 383 when base 370 is coupled to closure 320. Moreover, as shown, unlikeassembly 100, at least a portion of base 370 may be positioned withindial space 333. - Gear assembly 340 of
cap 310 may be at least partially positioned withinindicia space 383 along with dial 330, and gear assembly 340 may be configured to selectively move dial 330 withinindicia space 383 with respect to closure 320 for selectively aligning different dial indicia 336 with a closure indicia passageway 326 of closure 320. Moreover, as shown, unlikeassembly 100, at least a portion of gear assembly 340 may be positioned withindial space 333. Gear assembly 340 may include one or more gears that may be configured to translate a user motion that may be applied to a first portion of gear assembly 340 into movement of dial 330 with indicia space 383 (e.g., rotation of dial 330 about an axis A along a Z-axis). As shown, gear assembly 340 may include an upper or dial gear subassembly 350 and a lower or user gear subassembly 360. Dial gear subassembly 350 may include an upper or dial cogwheel orgear 352 and, in some embodiments, an upper or dial gear shaft 358 that may extend away fromgear 352 along an axis of rotation of gear 352 (e.g., axis A along a Z-axis). User gear subassembly 360 may include a lower or user cogwheel orgear 362 and, in some embodiments, a lower or user gear shaft 368 that may extend away fromgear 362 along an axis of rotation of gear 362 (e.g., axis B along a Z-axis that may be parallel to axis A). User gear subassembly 360 may also include auser handle 366 that may be coupled to a portion of gear 362 (e.g., at an end of gear shaft 368), such that a user may apply a user force or motion to handle 366 forrotating gear 362. Gear assembly 340 may be configured such that rotation ofgear 362 may be configured to rotate or otherwise translategear 352, which may be configured to rotate or otherwise translate dial 330 with respect to closure 320 withinindicia space 383. For example, as shown,gear 362 may include teeth or cogs or any other suitable mechanical feature that may mesh with teeth or cogs or any other suitable mechanical feature ofgear 352 to transmit torque therebetween within gear assembly 340 (e.g., as a transmission or gearbox). - Base 370 may be configured to support at least a portion of gear assembly 340 and/or dial 330 within
indicia space 383 when base 370 is coupled to closure 320. For example, as shown, at least a portion of user gear subassembly 360 (e.g., a bottom portion of gear 362) may be configured to rest against base 370 (e.g., against an exterior surface oftop wall 371 of base 370). A user gear shaft opening 377 may be provided through base 370 (e.g., betweentop wall 371 and bottom wall 379) for enabling at least a portion of user gear shaft 368 and/or user handle 366 to extend therethrough fromindicia space 383 to at least a portion ofclosure space 323 and/orbottle space 393 or for at least enabling a portion of gear subassembly 360 to be accessible therethrough, such that a portion of gear assembly 340 may be accessible to a user whencap 310 is not coupled to bottle 390 (e.g., when a user unscrewscap 310 frombottle 390 for accessing contents 397). Such accessibility to a portion of gear subassembly 360 by a user external to indicia space 383 (e.g., via user gear shaft opening 377 of base 370) may enable a user ofassembly 300 to apply a user force or motion to handle 366 forrotating gear 362. Alternatively or additionally, in some embodiments, user gear shaft opening 377 of base 370 may at least partially define an axis of rotation ofuser gear 362 and/or may otherwise limit at least a portion of a path along which at least a portion of user gear subassembly 360 may travel (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement of gear subassembly 360 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 383). For example, as shown,user gear 362 may be configured to rotate about an axis B, and gear shaft 368 may extend away fromgear 362 along axis B, such that gear shaft opening 377 may align with axis B. Additionally or alternatively, as shown, at least a portion of dial gear subassembly 350 (e.g., a top portion of gear 352) may be coupled to dial 330 (e.g., to an interior surface of top wall 331 of dial 330 within dial space 333), such that movement of gear subassembly 350 may provide movement of dial 330 (e.g., rotational movement about axis A). In some embodiments, a dial gear shaft opening 373 may be provided through at least a portion of base 370 (e.g., through top wall 371), where opening 373 may at least partially define an axis of rotation ofdial gear 352 and/or may otherwise limit at least a portion of a path along which at least a portion of dial gear subassembly 350 may travel (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement of gear subassembly 350 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 383). For example, as shown,dial gear 352 may be configured to rotate about an axis A, and gear shaft 358 may extend away fromgear 352 along axis A, such that gear shaft opening 373 may align with axis A. However, in some embodiments, gear shaft opening 373 and/or gear shaft 358 may not be necessary and other features ofassembly 300 may define axis A about which gear 352 may rotate. For example, the positioning of base 370, gear subassembly 360, and dial 330 withinindicia space 383 may limit the manner in which gear subassembly 350 may move within indicia space 383 (e.g., only to movement about axis A). In some embodiments, as shown inFIG. 8 , an interior surface of top end 321 of closure 320 may include a dial movement feature 327 and an exterior surface of top end 331 of dial 330 may include a closure movement feature 337, where such features 327 and 337 may interact with one another to at least partially define an axis of rotation of dial 330 with respect to closure 320 (e.g., axis A) or otherwise aid or limit such movement (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement of dial 330 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 383), for example, where feature 337 may be a nub that may extend into a cut out or notch 327. In some embodiments, the thickness of the wall of top end 331 of dial 330 along the Z-axis combined with the thickness of gear assembly 340 along the Z-axis may be substantially equal to or slightly less than a thickness ofindicia space 383 along the Z-axis, such that dial 330 and/or gear assembly 340 may be prevented or limited with respect to movement along the Z-axis. - As just one example of use, a user may interact with
handle 366 of user gear subassembly 360, as may be accessible to a user through opening 377 of base 370, for rotating gear shaft 368 and/orgear 362 in the direction of arrow R2 about axis B, which may in turn rotategear 352 of dial subassembly 350 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A, which may in turn rotate dial 330 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A. Such rotation of dial 330 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A withinindicia space 383 with respect to closure 320 may alter the particular portion of dial 330 and, thus, the particular portion of dial indicia 336 that may be aligned with a particular closure indicia passageway 326, which may alter what information may be provided to a user ofassembly 300 by that particular portion of dial indicia 336. For example, as shown inFIG. 8 , when dial 330 is at a first particular orientation with respect to closure 320 and base 370 withinindicia space 383, a first indication of top dial indicia 336 t may be aligned with and visible through indicia passageway 326 t and/or a first indication ofside dial indicia 336 s may be aligned with and visible throughindicia passageway 326 s. However, when dial 330 is rotated in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A withinindicia space 383 with respect to closure 320 from such a first orientation to a second orientation, the particular portion of dial 330 and, thus, the particular portion of dial indicia 336 that may be aligned with such indicia passageways 326 may be altered. As shown, handle 366 may include a telescopic (e.g., antenna-like)arm 367 that may be configured to extend from a first short state within gear shaft 368 to a second elongated state at least partially elongated outside of gear shaft 368 (e.g., as shown inFIG. 8 ), which may enable handle 366 to elongate for easier use by a user and then retract within shaft 368 so as not to extend (too far) out fromindicia space 383 so as to interfere with content ofbottle 390 or a factory protective seal that may be initially provided by bottle 390 (e.g., across top 391). - While
cap subassembly 310 may be configured to enable rotation of dial 330 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A withinindicia space 383 with respect to closure 320 from a first orientation to a second orientation (e.g., to keep track of a medication schedule for content of bottle 390) by enabling user rotation ofhandle 366 in the direction of arrow R2 about axis B,cap subassembly 310 may be configured to prevent rotation of dial 330 in the opposite direction of arrow R2 about axis A. For example, as shown, gear assembly 340 may include aratchet component 348 and base 370 may include a stopper component 372 that may be configured to interact withratchet component 348 for preventing rotation of gear subassembly 360 in the direction of arrow R1 and, thus, rotation of gear 350 and dial 330 in the direction of arrow R2 while enabling rotation of gear subassembly 350 in the direction of arrow R1. For example, as shown,ratchet component 348 may be provided along a portion of gear subassembly 360 (e.g., adjacent a top portion of gear 362) and base 370 may provide stopper component 372 justadjacent ratchet component 348 in the −X direction (e.g., at the top end of an extension body 378 that may extend from atop surface 371 of the base body of base 370), such that a free end of stopper component 372 may enable rotation ofratchet component 348 and, thus, gear 360 in the direction of arrow R2 about axis A and, thus gear 350 and dial 330 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A and at the same time prevent rotation ofratchet component 348 and, thus,gear 362 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A and, thus,gear 352 and dial 330 in the direction of arrow R2 about axis A (e.g., due to the geometrical relationship between teeth or other suitable features ofratchet component 348 and the free end of stopper component 372). Moreover, interaction ofratchet component 348 and stopper component 372 may provide a user with an audible and/or tactile feedback to user adjustment of the indicia ofassembly 300. In some embodiments, stopper component 372 may be tensioned by a suitable amount such that the free end of stopper component 372 may exert a suitable force onratchet component 348 for even preventing rotation of dial 330 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A, where such a force may be overcome by an intentional user force onhandle 366 but that may not be overcome by any unintentional forces to whichcap subassembly 310 may be susceptible during normal use ofassembly 300, such thatcomponents 348/372 may enable proper rotation of dial 330 in the direction of arrow R1 but only if at least a certain amount of threshold force is applied to gear assembly 340 (e.g., to handle 366). Therefore, a stopper component may be configured to interact with a ratchet component coupled to a user gear subassembly rather than with a ratchet component coupled to a dial gear subassembly. - Additionally or alternatively to being provided with ratchet component and stopper component (e.g.,
ratchet component 348 and stopper component 372), gear assembly 340 may be configured to have a resting state in which movement of gear subassembly 350 may not translate into motion of gear subassembly 360 (and vice versa) and an active state in which movement of gear subassembly 350 may translate into motion of gear subassembly 360 (and vice versa). For example, as shown inFIG. 8 , gear assembly 340 may be in a resting state, whereby a spacing distance (e.g., similar to spacing distance 141) may exist betweengear 352 and gear 362 (e.g., along the X-axis and/or along the Z-axis ofFIG. 8 ), such that any rotation ofuser gear 362 in such a resting state (e.g., about axis B in the direction of arrow R1 or arrow R2) would not be translated into a rotation ofdial gear 352. In order to reconfigure gear assembly 340 from such a resting state into an active state, a user may first apply an upward force (e.g., in the +Z direction along axis B) on gear subassembly 360 (e.g., via handle 366), such thatgear 362 may be moved upwards by the spacing distance in order to contact gear 352 (e.g., such that teeth ofgear 362 may mesh with teeth of gear 352), and then the user may apply a rotation force (e.g., in the direction of arrow R2 about axis B) to user gear subassembly 360 (e.g., via handle 366) for rotatingmeshed dial gear 352 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A. This may help prevent unintentional rotation of dial 330 and, thus, unintentional updating of exposed dial indicia 336. - By positioning at least a portion of base 370 and/or gear assembly 340 within a
dial space 333 within dial 330 (e.g., by positioning at least a portion of base 370 and/or at least a portion of gear assembly 340 abovebottom 339 of dial 330), a height ofindicia space 383 between top 321 and bottom 379 ofassembly 300 may be shorter than a height ofindicia space 183 between top 121 andbottom 179 ofassembly 100 for a given height of a dial (e.g., along the Z-axis), which may reduce the overall height of the cap subassembly. -
FIG. 9 shows another illustrativebottle container assembly 400, which may be similar toassembly 100 ofFIGS. 1-6 but may include a flat dial and a reduced profile base.Assembly 400 ofFIG. 9 may include similar components toassembly 100 ofFIGS. 1-6 , with components ofassembly 400 ofFIG. 9 being labeled with “4xx” reference labels that may correspond to the “1xx” reference labels of the labeled components ofassembly 100 ofFIGS. 1-6 , where differences therebetween may be described below. As shown,assembly 400 may include abottle 490 and acap 410 that may be coupled to bottle 490 for forming a closed container that may safely hold content therein. For example,bottle 490 may include a bottle body that may include one ormore side walls 495 that may extend from a closed bottom end (not shown) to an at least partially open top end 491 for defining aninterior bottle space 493.Bottle 490 may be configured such that a user may insert content (not shown) through open end 491 into bottle space 493 (e.g., along the −Z direction) and/or may remove content frombottle space 493 through open end 491 (e.g., along the +Z direction).Bottle 490 may be any suitable container portion that may be configured to hold any suitable content in any suitable way.Bottle 490 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions. -
Cap 410 may be configured to be removably coupled tobottle 490, such thatcap 410 may cover open end 491 for preventing a user from accessingbottle space 493 whencap 410 is coupled to bottle 490, and such thatcap 410 may not cover at least a portion of open end 491 for enabling a user to accessbottle space 493 whencap 410 is not coupled to bottle 490.Assembly 400 may be configured in any suitable way for enabling cap subassembly to be removably coupled tobottle 490. As just one example,bottle 490 may include at least one cap attachment feature 492 andcap 410 may include at least one bottle attachment feature 428, where cap attachment feature 492 and bottle attachment feature 428 may be any suitable combination of reciprocal or otherwise related features that may be configured to interact with each other forremovably coupling cap 410 to bottle 490 (e.g., threads, snaps, notches, clips, location or transition fits, etc.).Bottle 490 may also include alip 494, which may protrude from an exterior surface ofbody 495 below cap attachment feature 492, wherelip 494 may be configured to suspendcap subassembly 410 by at least a certain distance above the closed end. Cap attachment feature 492 and/orlip 494 may ensure a specific relationship betweencap 410 andbottle 490 whencap 410 is coupled tobottle 490. -
Cap 410 may include a closure 420, a dial 430, a gear assembly 440, and a base 470. Closure 420 ofcap 410 may include a closure body that may include one ormore side walls 425 that may extend from an at least partially closed top end 421 to an at least partially openbottom end 429 for defining aninterior closure space 423. Closure 420 may also include one or more closure indicia passageways 426 through any suitable portions of closure 420 for selectively exposing to a user one or more other portions of cap subassembly 400 (e.g., portions of dial 430, as described below). As shown, closure indicia passageways 426 may include at least one top closure indicia passageway 426 t that may be provided through the wall of top end 421 of closure 420. As described below, each closure indicia passageway 426 may be a hollow opening through a wall or other portion of closure 420 or may be such an opening that may be covered by or otherwise configured to include a transparent or translucent material or any other suitable object (e.g., a magnifying glass 426 tm) that may enable communication of information therethrough to a user ofassembly 400. Closure 420 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions. - Dial 430 of
cap 410 may include a dial body that may include one or more side walls that may extend from an at least partially closed top end 431 to an at least partially closedbottom end 439. Unlike dial 230, which may be an at least partially open shape and/or include a side dial indicia, dial 430 may be a relatively thin closed dial (e.g., along the Z-axis) with no side dial indicia, which may reduce the thickness ofcap 410. Dial 430 may include any suitable dial indicia 436 on any suitable portions of dial 430 for selective display to a user ofassembly 400. As shown, dial indicia 436 may include top dial indicia 436 t that may be provided on an exterior surface of top end 431 of dial 430, and/orbottom dial indicia 436 b that may be provided on an exterior surface ofbottom end 439. Dial 430 may be configured to fit at least partially withinclosure space 423, such that dial 430 may be moved withinclosure space 423 with respect to closure 420 for selectively aligning different dial indicia 436 of dial 430 with a closure indicia passageway 426 of closure 420 and/or abase indicia passageway 476 of base 470 (described below). Dial 430 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions. - Base 470 of
cap 410 may include a base body that may include one or more side walls 475 that may extend from an at least partially closedtop end 471 to an at least partially closed bottom end 479. Base 470 may be configured to be coupled (e.g., permanently or removably) to closure 420, such that, for example, base 470 and closure 420 may together define at least a portion of anindicia space 483 within which dial 430 may be positioned. For example, base 470 may include at least one closure attachment feature (e.g., the shape of an exterior surface of side wall(s) 475 of base 470) and closure 420 may include at least one base attachment feature 424 (e.g., one or more grooves or female threads protruding from an interior surface of closure 420), where base 470 may snap into or otherwise fit base 470 within base attachment feature 424 for securing base 470 withinclosure space 423, which may thereby define a reducedindicia space 483 between closure 420 and base 470. Base attachment feature 424 may be positioned above bottle attachment feature 428 withinclosure space 423 of closure 420 such that base 470 may be coupled to closure 420 while still enabling bottle attachment feature 428 to removably couple closure 420 to bottle 490. Whileclosure space 423 may be defined by the interior surface(s) of side wall(s) 425, top end 421, andbottom end 429 of closure 420,indicia space 483 may be defined by the interior surface(s) of side wall(s) 425 and top end 421 of closure 420 as well as by base 470, such thatindicia space 483 may be a portion ofclosure space 423. Thus, base 470 may be configured to fit at least partially withinclosure space 423, such that base 470 may define at least a portion of the bottom ofindicia space 483. Base 470 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions. Dial 430 may be at least partially positioned withinindicia space 483 when base 470 is coupled to closure 420. Base 470 may have less material than base 270 or base 370, and a thickness of base 470 (e.g., along the Z-axis) may be substantially constant while portions of base 470 may run adjacently alongbottom 439 of dial 430 (e.g., to support dial 430). - Gear assembly 440 of
cap 410 may be at least partially positioned withinindicia space 483 along with dial 430, and gear assembly 440 may be configured to selectively move dial 430 withinindicia space 483 with respect to closure 420 for selectively aligning different dial indicia 436 with a closure indicia passageway 426 of closure 420. Gear assembly 440 may include one or more gears that may be configured to translate a user motion that may be applied to a first portion of gear assembly 440 into movement of dial 430 with indicia space 483 (e.g., rotation of dial 430 about an axis A along a Z-axis). As shown, gear assembly 440 may include an upper or dial gear subassembly 450 and a lower or user gear subassembly 460. Dial gear subassembly 450 may include an upper or dial cogwheel orgear 452 and, in some embodiments, an upper or dial gear shaft 458 that may extend away fromgear 452 along an axis of rotation of gear 452 (e.g., axis A along a Z-axis). User gear subassembly 460 may include a lower or user cogwheel orgear 462 and, in some embodiments, a lower or user gear shaft 468 that may extend away fromgear 462 along an axis of rotation of gear 462 (e.g., axis B along a Z-axis that may be parallel to axis A). User gear subassembly 460 may also include a user handle 466 that may be coupled to a portion of gear 462 (e.g., at an end of gear shaft 468), such that a user may apply a user force or motion to handle 466 forrotating gear 462. Gear assembly 440 may be configured such that rotation ofgear 462 may be configured to rotate or otherwise translategear 452, which may be configured to rotate or otherwise translate dial 430 with respect to closure 420 withinindicia space 483. For example, as shown,gear 462 may include teeth or cogs or any other suitable mechanical feature that may mesh with teeth or cogs or any other suitable mechanical feature ofgear 452 to transmit torque therebetween within gear assembly 440 (e.g., as a transmission or gearbox). - Base 470 may be configured to support at least a portion of gear assembly 440 and/or dial 430 within
indicia space 483 when base 470 is coupled to closure 420. For example, as shown, at least a portion of user gear subassembly 460 (e.g., a bottom portion of gear 462) may be configured to rest against base 470 (e.g., against an exterior surface oftop wall 471 of base 470). A usergear shaft opening 477 may be provided through base 470 (e.g., betweentop wall 471 and bottom wall 479) for enabling at least a portion of user gear shaft 468 and/or user handle 466 to extend therethrough fromindicia space 483 to at least a portion ofclosure space 423 and/orbottle space 493 or for at least enabling a portion of gear subassembly 460 to be accessible therethrough, such that a portion of gear assembly 440 may be accessible to a user whencap 410 is not coupled to bottle 490 (e.g., when a user unscrewscap 410 frombottle 490 for accessing contents 497). Such accessibility to a portion of gear subassembly 460 by a user external to indicia space 483 (e.g., via usergear shaft opening 477 of base 470) may enable a user ofassembly 400 to apply a user force or motion to handle 466 forrotating gear 462. Alternatively or additionally, in some embodiments, usergear shaft opening 477 of base 470 may at least partially define an axis of rotation ofuser gear 462 and/or may otherwise limit at least a portion of a path along which at least a portion of user gear subassembly 460 may travel (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement of gear subassembly 460 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 483). For example, as shown,user gear 462 may be configured to rotate about an axis B, and gear shaft 468 may extend away fromgear 462 along axis B, such thatgear shaft opening 477 may align with axis B. Additionally or alternatively, as shown, at least a portion of dial gear subassembly 450 (e.g., a top portion of gear 452) may be coupled to dial 430 (e.g., tobottom wall 439 of dial 430), such that movement of gear subassembly 450 may provide movement of dial 430 (e.g., rotational movement about axis A). In some embodiments, a dial gear shaft opening 473 may be provided through at least a portion of base 470 (e.g., through top wall 471), where opening 473 may at least partially define an axis of rotation ofdial gear 452 and/or may otherwise limit at least a portion of a path along which at least a portion of dial gear subassembly 450 may travel (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement of gear subassembly 450 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 483). For example, as shown,dial gear 452 may be configured to rotate about an axis A, and gear shaft 458 may extend away fromgear 452 along axis A, such that gear shaft opening 473 may align with axis A. However, in some embodiments, gear shaft opening 473 and/or gear shaft 458 may not be necessary and other features ofassembly 400 may define axis A about which gear 452 may rotate. For example, the positioning of base 470, gear subassembly 460, and dial 430 withinindicia space 483 may limit the manner in which gear subassembly 450 may move within indicia space 483 (e.g., only to movement about axis A). In some embodiments, as shown inFIG. 9 , an interior surface of top end 421 of closure 420 may include a dial movement feature 427 and an exterior surface of top end 431 of dial 430 may include a closure movement feature 437, where such features 427 and 437 may interact with one another to at least partially define an axis of rotation of dial 430 with respect to closure 420 (e.g., axis A) or otherwise aid or limit such movement (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement of dial 430 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 483), for example, where feature 437 may be a nub that may extend into a cut out or notch 427. In some embodiments, the thickness of the wall of top end 431 of dial 430 along the Z-axis combined with the thickness of gear assembly 440 along the Z-axis may be substantially equal to or slightly less than a thickness ofindicia space 483 along the Z-axis, such that dial 430 and/or gear assembly 440 may be prevented or limited with respect to movement along the Z-axis. - As just one example of use, a user may interact with handle 466 of user gear subassembly 460, as may be accessible to a user through
opening 477 of base 470, for rotating gear shaft 468 and/orgear 462 in the direction of arrow R2 about axis B, which may in turn rotategear 452 of dial subassembly 450 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A, which may in turn rotate dial 430 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A. Such rotation of dial 430 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A withinindicia space 483 with respect to closure 420 may alter the particular portion of dial 430 and, thus, the particular portion of dial indicia 436 that may be aligned with a particular closure indicia passageway 426, which may alter what information may be provided to a user ofassembly 400 by that particular portion of dial indicia 436. For example, as shown inFIG. 9 , when dial 430 is at a first particular orientation with respect to closure 420 and base 470 withinindicia space 483, a first indication of top dial indicia 436 t may be aligned with and visible through indicia passageway 426 t and/or a first indication ofbottom dial indicia 436 b may be aligned with and visible throughindicia passageway 476 of base 470. However, when dial 430 is rotated in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A withinindicia space 483 with respect to closure 420 from such a first orientation to a second orientation, the particular portion of dial 430 and, thus, the particular portion of dial indicia 436 that may be aligned with such indicia passageways 426/476 may be altered. As shown, handle 466 may include arotatable arm 467 about apivot 465 of shaft 468 that may be configured to rotate from a first short state (e.g., with respect to the Z-axis) such thatarm 467 may extend up towards base 470 (e.g., as shown inFIG. 9 ) to a second elongated state (e.g., with respect to the Z-axis), which may enable handle 466 to elongate for easier use by a user and then rotatably retract so as not to extend (e.g., too far) out away from base 470 and/orindicia space 483 so as to interfere with content ofbottle 490 or a factory protective seal that may be initially provided by bottle 490 (e.g., across top 491). Such rotation ofarm 467 with respect to shaft 468 may enable easier rotation of shaft 468 about axis B through rotation of the free end ofarm 467 about axis B and within an X-Y plane, which may provide a user with additional leverage than may be provided by a free end of shaft 468. - While
cap subassembly 410 may be configured to enable rotation of dial 430 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A withinindicia space 483 with respect to closure 420 from a first orientation to a second orientation (e.g., to keep track of a medication schedule for content of bottle 490) by enabling user rotation of handle 466 in the direction of arrow R2 about axis B,cap subassembly 410 may be configured to prevent rotation of dial 430 in the opposite direction of arrow R2 about axis A. For example, as shown, gear assembly 440 may include a ratchet component 442 and base 470 may include a stopper component 472 that may be configured to interact with ratchet component 442 for preventing rotation of gear subassembly 450 in the direction of arrow R2 while enabling rotation of gear subassembly 450 in the direction of arrow R1. For example, as shown, ratchet component 442 may be provided along a portion of gear subassembly 450 (e.g., adjacent a top portion of gear 452) and base 470 may provide stopper component 472 just adjacent ratchet component 442 in the +X direction (e.g., as an extension of a portion oftop surface 471 of the base body of base 470), such that a free end of stopper component 472 may enable rotation of ratchet component 442 and, thus, gear 450 and dial 430 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A and at the same time prevent rotation of ratchet component 442 and, thus,gear 452 and dial 430 in the direction of arrow R2 about axis A (e.g., due to the geometrical relationship between teeth or other suitable features of ratchet component 442 and the free end of stopper component 472). Moreover, interaction of ratchet component 442 and stopper component 472 may provide a user with an audible and/or tactile feedback to user adjustment of the indicia ofassembly 400. In some embodiments, stopper component 472 may be tensioned by a suitable amount such that the free end of stopper component 472 may exert a suitable force on ratchet component 442 for even preventing rotation of dial 430 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A, where such a force may be overcome by an intentional user force on handle 466 but that may not be overcome by any unintentional forces to whichcap subassembly 410 may be susceptible during normal use ofassembly 400, such that components 442/472 may enable proper rotation of dial 430 in the direction of arrow R1 but only if at least a certain amount of threshold force is applied to gear assembly 440 (e.g., to handle 466). - Additionally or alternatively to being provided with ratchet component and stopper component (e.g., ratchet component 442 and stopper component 472), gear assembly 440 may be configured to have a resting state in which movement of gear subassembly 450 may not translate into motion of gear subassembly 460 (and vice versa) and an active state in which movement of gear subassembly 450 may translate into motion of gear subassembly 460 (and vice versa). For example, as shown in
FIG. 9 , gear assembly 440 may be in a resting state, whereby a spacing distance (e.g., similar to spacing distance 141) may exist betweengear 452 and gear 462 (e.g., along the X-axis and/or along the Z-axis ofFIG. 9 ), such that any rotation ofuser gear 462 in such a resting state (e.g., about axis B in the direction of arrow R1 or arrow R2) would not be translated into a rotation ofdial gear 452. In order to reconfigure gear assembly 440 from such a resting state into an active state, a user may first apply an upward force (e.g., in the +Z direction along axis B) on gear subassembly 460 (e.g., via handle 466), such thatgear 462 may be moved upwards by the spacing distance in order to contact gear 452 (e.g., such that teeth ofgear 462 may mesh with teeth of gear 452), and then the user may apply a rotation force (e.g., in the direction of arrow R2 about axis B) to user gear subassembly 460 (e.g., via handle 466) for rotatingmeshed dial gear 452 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A. This may help prevent unintentional rotation of dial 430 and, thus, unintentional updating of exposed dial indicia 436. - By reducing the thickness of dial 430 while also minimizing the thickness of indicia spacing 483 to only that which may be needed for gear assembly 430, a height of
indicia space 483 between top 421 and bottom 479 ofassembly 400 may be shorter than a height ofindicia space 183 between top 121 andbottom 179 ofassembly 100, while a portion of that reduced height may be used to store a portion of a handle 466 (e.g., portion 467) when in a non-use state. -
FIG. 10 shows another illustrativebottle container assembly 500, which may be similar toassembly 100 ofFIGS. 1-6 but may include a flat dial and a reduced profile base.Assembly 500 ofFIG. 10 may include similar components toassembly 100 ofFIGS. 1-6 , with components ofassembly 500 ofFIG. 10 being labeled with “5xx” reference labels that may correspond to the “1xx” reference labels of the labeled components ofassembly 100 ofFIGS. 1-6 , where differences therebetween may be described below. As shown,assembly 500 may include abottle 590 and acap 510 that may be coupled to bottle 590 for forming a closed container that may safely hold content therein. For example,bottle 590 may include a bottle body that may include one ormore side walls 595 that may extend from a closed bottom end (not shown) to an at least partially open top end 591 for defining aninterior bottle space 593.Bottle 590 may be configured such that a user may insert content (not shown) through open end 591 into bottle space 593 (e.g., along the −Z direction) and/or may remove content frombottle space 593 through open end 591 (e.g., along the +Z direction).Bottle 590 may be any suitable container portion that may be configured to hold any suitable content in any suitable way.Bottle 590 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions. -
Cap 510 may be configured to be removably coupled tobottle 590, such thatcap 510 may cover open end 591 for preventing a user from accessingbottle space 593 whencap 510 is coupled to bottle 590, and such thatcap 510 may not cover at least a portion of open end 591 for enabling a user to accessbottle space 593 whencap 510 is not coupled to bottle 590.Assembly 500 may be configured in any suitable way for enabling cap subassembly to be removably coupled tobottle 590. As just one example,bottle 590 may include at least one cap attachment feature 592 andcap 510 may include at least one bottle attachment feature 528, where cap attachment feature 592 and bottle attachment feature 528 may be any suitable combination of reciprocal or otherwise related features that may be configured to interact with each other forremovably coupling cap 510 to bottle 590 (e.g., threads, snaps, notches, clips, location or transition fits, etc.).Bottle 590 may also include alip 594, which may protrude from an exterior surface ofbody 595 below cap attachment feature 592, wherelip 594 may be configured to suspendcap subassembly 510 by at least a certain distance above the closed end. Cap attachment feature 592 and/orlip 594 may ensure a specific relationship betweencap 510 andbottle 590 whencap 510 is coupled tobottle 590. -
Cap 510 may include a closure 520, a dial 530, a gear assembly 540, and a base 570. Closure 520 ofcap 510 may include a closure body that may include one ormore side walls 525 that may extend from an at least partially closed top end 521 to an at least partially openbottom end 529 for defining aninterior closure space 523. Closure 520 may also include one or more closure indicia passageways 526 through any suitable portions of closure 520 for selectively exposing to a user one or more other portions of cap subassembly 500 (e.g., portions of dial 530, as described below). As shown, closure indicia passageways 526 may include at least one top closure indicia passageway 526 t that may be provided through the wall of top end 521 of closure 520. As described below, each closure indicia passageway 526 may be a hollow opening through a wall or other portion of closure 520 or may be such an opening that may be covered by or otherwise configured to include a transparent or translucent material or any other suitable object (e.g., a magnifying glass 526 tm) that may enable communication of information therethrough to a user ofassembly 500. Closure 520 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions. - Dial 530 of
cap 510 may include a dial body that may include one or more side walls that may extend from an at least partially closed top end 531 to an at least partially closed bottom end 539. Unlike dial 230, which may be an at least partially open shape and/or include a side dial indicia, dial 530 may be a relatively thin closed dial (e.g., along the Z-axis) with no side dial indicia, which may reduce the thickness ofcap 510. Dial 530 may include any suitable dial indicia 536 on any suitable portions of dial 530 for selective display to a user ofassembly 500. As shown, dial indicia 536 may include top dial indicia 536 t that may be provided on an exterior surface of top end 531 of dial 530, and/or bottom dial indicia (not shown) that may be provided on an exterior surface of bottom end 539. Dial 530 may be configured to fit at least partially withinclosure space 523, such that dial 530 may be moved withinclosure space 523 with respect to closure 520 for selectively aligning different dial indicia 536 of dial 530 with a closure indicia passageway 526 of closure 520 and/or a base indicia passageway of base 570 (not shown). Dial 530 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions. Unlikedial 130, dial 530 may be configured to be coupled (e.g., permanently or removably) to closure 520, such that, for example, closure 520 may prevent dial 530 from moving (e.g., along the Z-axis). For example, dial 530 may include at least one closure attachment feature (e.g., the shape of an exterior surface of side wall(s) 535 of dial 530) and closure 520 may include at least one dial attachment feature 522 (e.g., one or more grooves or female threads protruding from an interior surface of closure 520), where dial 530 may snap into or otherwise fit dial 530 within dial attachment feature 522 for securing dial 530 withinclosure space 523. Dial attachment feature 522 may be positioned above both base attachment feature 524 (described below) and bottle attachment feature 528 withinclosure space 523 of closure 520 such that dial 530 and base 570 may be coupled to closure 520 while still enabling bottle attachment feature 528 to removably couple closure 520 to bottle 590. - Base 570 of
cap 510 may include a base body that may include one or more side walls 575 that may extend from an at least partially closedtop end 571 to an at least partially closed bottom end 579. Base 570 may be configured to be coupled (e.g., permanently or removably) to closure 520, such that, for example, base 570 and closure 520 may together define at least a portion of anindicia space 583 within which dial 530 may be positioned. For example, base 570 may include at least one closure attachment feature (e.g., the shape of an exterior surface of side wall(s) 575 of base 570) and closure 520 may include at least one base attachment feature 524 (e.g., one or more grooves or female threads protruding from an interior surface of closure 520), where base 570 may snap into or otherwise fit base 570 within base attachment feature 524 for securing base 570 withinclosure space 523, which may thereby define a reducedindicia space 583 between closure 520 and base 570. Base attachment feature 524 may be positioned above bottle attachment feature 528 withinclosure space 523 of closure 520 such that base 570 may be coupled to closure 520 while still enabling bottle attachment feature 528 to removably couple closure 520 to bottle 590. Whileclosure space 523 may be defined by the interior surface(s) of side wall(s) 525, top end 521, andbottom end 529 of closure 520,indicia space 583 may be defined by the interior surface(s) of side wall(s) 525 and top end 521 of closure 520 as well as by base 570, such thatindicia space 583 may be a portion ofclosure space 523. Thus, base 570 may be configured to fit at least partially withinclosure space 523, such that base 570 may define at least a portion of the bottom ofindicia space 583. Base 570 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions. Dial 530 may be at least partially positioned withinindicia space 583 when base 570 is coupled to closure 520. Base 570 may have less material than base 270 or base 370, and a thickness of base 570 (e.g., along the Z-axis) may be substantially constant while portions of base 570 may run adjacently along bottom 539 of dial 530 (e.g., to support dial 530). - Gear assembly 540 of
cap 510 may be at least partially positioned withinindicia space 583 along with dial 530, and gear assembly 540 may be configured to selectively move dial 530 withinindicia space 583 with respect to closure 520 for selectively aligning different dial indicia 536 with a closure indicia passageway 526 of closure 520. Gear assembly 540 may include one or more gears that may be configured to translate a user motion that may be applied to a first portion of gear assembly 540 into movement of dial 530 with indicia space 583 (e.g., rotation of dial 530 about an axis A along a Z-axis). As shown, gear assembly 540 may include an upper or dial gear subassembly 550 and a lower or user gear subassembly 560. Dial gear subassembly 550 may include an upper or dial cogwheel orgear 552 and, in some embodiments, an upper or dial gear shaft 558 that may extend away fromgear 552 along an axis of rotation of gear 552 (e.g., axis A along a Z-axis). User gear subassembly 560 may include a lower or user cogwheel orgear 562 and, in some embodiments, a lower or user gear shaft 568 that may extend away fromgear 562 along an axis of rotation of gear 562 (e.g., axis B along a Z-axis that may be parallel to axis A). User gear subassembly 560 may also include auser handle 566 that may be coupled to a portion of gear 562 (e.g., at an end of gear shaft 568), such that a user may apply a user force or motion to handle 566 forrotating gear 562. Gear assembly 540 may be configured such that rotation ofgear 562 may be configured to rotate or otherwise translategear 552, which may be configured to rotate or otherwise translate dial 530 with respect to closure 520 withinindicia space 583. For example, as shown,gear 562 may include teeth or cogs or any other suitable mechanical feature that may mesh with teeth or cogs or any other suitable mechanical feature ofgear 552 to transmit torque therebetween within gear assembly 540 (e.g., as a transmission or gearbox). - Base 570 may be configured to support at least a portion of gear assembly 540 and/or dial 530 within
indicia space 583 when base 570 is coupled to closure 520. For example, as shown, at least a portion of user gear subassembly 560 (e.g., a bottom portion of gear 562) may be configured to rest against base 570 (e.g., against an exterior surface oftop wall 571 of base 570). A user gear shaft opening 577 may be provided through base 570 (e.g., betweentop wall 571 and bottom wall 579) for enabling at least a portion of user gear shaft 568 and/or user handle 566 to extend therethrough fromindicia space 583 to at least a portion ofclosure space 523 and/orbottle space 593 or for at least enabling a portion of gear subassembly 560 to be accessible therethrough, such that a portion of gear assembly 540 may be accessible to a user whencap 510 is not coupled to bottle 590 (e.g., when a user unscrewscap 510 frombottle 590 for accessing contents 597). Such accessibility to a portion of gear subassembly 560 by a user external to indicia space 583 (e.g., via user gear shaft opening 577 of base 570) may enable a user ofassembly 500 to apply a user force or motion to handle 566 forrotating gear 562. Alternatively or additionally, in some embodiments, user gear shaft opening 577 of base 570 may at least partially define an axis of rotation ofuser gear 562 and/or may otherwise limit at least a portion of a path along which at least a portion of user gear subassembly 560 may travel (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement of gear subassembly 560 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 583). For example, as shown,user gear 562 may be configured to rotate about an axis B, and gear shaft 568 may extend away fromgear 562 along axis B, such that gear shaft opening 577 may align with axis B. Additionally or alternatively, as shown, at least a portion of dial gear subassembly 550 (e.g., a top portion of gear 552) may be coupled to dial 530 (e.g., to bottom wall 539 of dial 530), such that movement of gear subassembly 550 may provide movement of dial 530 (e.g., rotational movement about axis A). In some embodiments, a dial gear shaft opening 573 may be provided through at least a portion of base 570 (e.g., through top wall 571), where opening 573 may at least partially define an axis of rotation ofdial gear 552 and/or may otherwise limit at least a portion of a path along which at least a portion of dial gear subassembly 550 may travel (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement of gear subassembly 550 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 583). For example, as shown,dial gear 552 may be configured to rotate about an axis A, and gear shaft 558 may extend away fromgear 552 along axis A, such that gear shaft opening 573 may align with axis A. However, in some embodiments, gear shaft opening 573 and/or gear shaft 558 may not be necessary and other features ofassembly 500 may define axis A about which gear 552 may rotate. For example, the positioning of base 570, gear subassembly 560, and dial 530 withinindicia space 583 may limit the manner in which gear subassembly 550 may move within indicia space 583 (e.g., only to movement about axis A). In some embodiments, as shown inFIG. 10 , an interior surface of top end 521 of closure 520 may include a dial movement feature 527 and an exterior surface of top end 531 of dial 530 may include a closure movement feature 537, where such features 527 and 537 may interact with one another to at least partially define an axis of rotation of dial 530 with respect to closure 520 (e.g., axis A) or otherwise aid or limit such movement (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement of dial 530 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 583), for example, where feature 537 may be a nub that may extend into a cut out or notch 527. In some embodiments, the thickness of the wall of top end 531 of dial 530 along the Z-axis combined with the thickness of gear assembly 540 along the Z-axis may be substantially equal to or slightly less than a thickness ofindicia space 583 along the Z-axis, such that dial 530 and/or gear assembly 540 may be prevented or limited with respect to movement along the Z-axis. - As just one example of use, a user may interact with
handle 566 of user gear subassembly 560, as may be accessible to a user through opening 577 of base 570, for rotating gear shaft 568 and/orgear 562 in the direction of arrow R2 about axis B, which may in turn rotategear 552 of dial subassembly 550 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A, which may in turn rotate dial 530 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A. Such rotation of dial 530 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A withinindicia space 583 with respect to closure 520 may alter the particular portion of dial 530 and, thus, the particular portion of dial indicia 536 that may be aligned with a particular closure indicia passageway 526, which may alter what information may be provided to a user ofassembly 500 by that particular portion of dial indicia 536. For example, as shown inFIG. 10 , when dial 530 is at a first particular orientation with respect to closure 520 and base 570 withinindicia space 583, a first indication of top dial indicia 536 t may be aligned with and visible through indicia passageway 526 t. However, when dial 530 is rotated in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A withinindicia space 583 with respect to closure 520 from such a first orientation to a second orientation, the particular portion of dial 530 and, thus, the particular portion of dial indicia 536 that may be aligned with such indicia passageway 526 may be altered. As shown, handle 566 may include a flexible arm that may be configured to bend or flex in any suitable direction and/or to any suitable shape (e.g., with respect to the Z-axis) such that handle 566 may extend up towards or at least parallel to base 570 (e.g., as shown inFIG. 10 ) and then may be bent to a second elongated state (e.g., with respect to the Z-axis), which may enable handle 566 to extend away from base 570 for easier use by a user and then bend towards or along base 570 so as not to extend (too far) out away from base 570 and/orindicia space 583 so as to interfere with content ofbottle 590 or a factory protective seal that may be initially provided by bottle 590 (e.g., across top 591). - While
cap subassembly 510 may be configured to enable rotation of dial 530 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A withinindicia space 583 with respect to closure 520 from a first orientation to a second orientation (e.g., to keep track of a medication schedule for content of bottle 590) by enabling user rotation ofhandle 566 in the direction of arrow R2 about axis B,cap subassembly 510 may be configured to prevent rotation of dial 530 in the opposite direction of arrow R2 about axis A. For example, as shown, gear assembly 540 may include a ratchet component 542 and base 570 may include a stopper component 572 that may be configured to interact with ratchet component 542 for preventing rotation of gear subassembly 550 in the direction of arrow R2 while enabling rotation of gear subassembly 550 in the direction of arrow R1. For example, as shown, ratchet component 542 may be provided along a portion of gear subassembly 550 (e.g., adjacent a top portion of gear 552) and base 570 may provide stopper component 572 just adjacent ratchet component 542 in the +X direction (e.g., as an extension of a portion oftop surface 571 of the base body of base 570), such that a free end of stopper component 572 may enable rotation of ratchet component 542 and, thus, gear 550 and dial 530 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A and at the same time prevent rotation of ratchet component 542 and, thus,gear 552 and dial 530 in the direction of arrow R2 about axis A (e.g., due to the geometrical relationship between teeth or other suitable features of ratchet component 542 and the free end of stopper component 572). Moreover, interaction of ratchet component 542 and stopper component 572 may provide a user with an audible and/or tactile feedback to user adjustment of the indicia ofassembly 500. In some embodiments, stopper component 572 may be tensioned by a suitable amount such that the free end of stopper component 572 may exert a suitable force on ratchet component 542 for even preventing rotation of dial 530 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A, where such a force may be overcome by an intentional user force onhandle 566 but that may not be overcome by any unintentional forces to whichcap subassembly 510 may be susceptible during normal use ofassembly 500, such that components 542/572 may enable proper rotation of dial 530 in the direction of arrow R1 but only if at least a certain amount of threshold force is applied to gear assembly 540 (e.g., to handle 566). - Additionally or alternatively to being provided with ratchet component and stopper component (e.g., ratchet component 542 and stopper component 572), gear assembly 540 may be configured to have a resting state in which movement of gear subassembly 550 may not translate into motion of gear subassembly 560 (and vice versa) and an active state in which movement of gear subassembly 550 may translate into motion of gear subassembly 560 (and vice versa). For example, as shown in
FIG. 10 , gear assembly 540 may be in a resting state, whereby a spacing distance (e.g., similar to spacing distance 141) may exist betweengear 552 and gear 562 (e.g., along the X-axis and/or along the Z-axis ofFIG. 10 ), such that any rotation ofuser gear 562 in such a resting state (e.g., about axis B in the direction of arrow R1 or arrow R2) would not be translated into a rotation ofdial gear 552. In order to reconfigure gear assembly 540 from such a resting state into an active state, a user may first apply an upward force (e.g., in the +Z direction along axis B) on gear subassembly 560 (e.g., via handle 566), such thatgear 562 may be moved upwards by the spacing distance in order to contact gear 552 (e.g., such that teeth ofgear 562 may mesh with teeth of gear 552), and then the user may apply a rotation force (e.g., in the direction of arrow R2 about axis B) to user gear subassembly 560 (e.g., via handle 566) for rotatingmeshed dial gear 552 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A. This may help prevent unintentional rotation of dial 530 and, thus, unintentional updating of exposed dial indicia 536. - By reducing the thickness of dial 530 while also minimizing the thickness of indicia spacing 583 to only that which may be needed for gear assembly 530, a height of
indicia space 583 between top 521 and bottom 579 ofassembly 500 may be shorter than a height ofindicia space 183 between top 121 andbottom 179 ofassembly 100, while a portion of that reduced height may be used to store a portion of a handle 566 (e.g., a free end of handle 566) when in a non-use state. -
FIGS. 11 and 12 show another illustrativebottle container assembly 600, which may be similar toassembly 100 ofFIGS. 1-6 but may include a movable lid for enabling replacement of a dial or at least of the dial indicia of a dial.Assembly 600 ofFIGS. 11 and 12 may include similar components toassembly 100 ofFIGS. 1-6 , with components ofassembly 600 ofFIGS. 11 and 12 being labeled with “6xx” reference labels that may correspond to the “1xx” reference labels of the labeled components ofassembly 100 ofFIGS. 1-6 , where differences therebetween may be described below. As shown,assembly 600 may include abottle 690 and acap 610 that may be coupled to bottle 690 for forming a closed container that may safely hold content therein. For example,bottle 690 may include a bottle body that may include one ormore side walls 695 that may extend from a closedbottom end 699 to an at least partially opentop end 691 for defining aninterior bottle space 693.Bottle 690 may be configured such that a user may insertcontent 697 throughopen end 691 into bottle space 693 (e.g., along the −Z direction) and/or may remove content 697 frombottle space 693 through open end 691 (e.g., along the +Z direction).Bottle 690 may be any suitable container portion that may be configured to hold anysuitable content 697 in any suitable way.Bottle 690 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions. -
Cap 610 may be configured to be removably coupled tobottle 690, such thatcap 610 may coveropen end 691 for preventing a user from accessingbottle space 693 whencap 610 is coupled to bottle 690, and such thatcap 610 may not cover at least a portion ofopen end 691 for enabling a user to accessbottle space 693 whencap 610 is not coupled to bottle 690.Assembly 600 may be configured in any suitable way for enabling cap subassembly to be removably coupled tobottle 690. As just one example,bottle 690 may include at least onecap attachment feature 692 andcap 610 may include at least one bottle attachment feature 628, wherecap attachment feature 692 and bottle attachment feature 628 may be any suitable combination of reciprocal or otherwise related features that may be configured to interact with each other forremovably coupling cap 610 to bottle 690 (e.g., threads, snaps, notches, clips, location or transition fits, etc.).Bottle 690 may also include alip 694, which may protrude from an exterior surface ofbody 695 belowcap attachment feature 692, wherelip 694 may be configured to suspendcap subassembly 610 by at least a certain distance above the closed end.Cap attachment feature 692 and/orlip 694 may ensure a specific relationship betweencap 610 andbottle 690 whencap 610 is coupled tobottle 690. -
Cap 610 may include a closure 620, a dial 630, agear assembly 640, and a base 670. Closure 620 ofcap 610 may include a closure body that may include one ormore side walls 625 that may extend from an at least partially closedtop end 621 to an at least partially openbottom end 629 for defining aninterior closure space 623. Closure 620 may also include one or more closure indicia passageways 626 through any suitable portions of closure 620 for selectively exposing to a user one or more other portions of cap subassembly 600 (e.g., portions of dial 630, as described below). As shown, closure indicia passageways 626 may include at least one top closure indicia passageway 626 t that may be provided through the wall oftop end 621 of closure 620. As described below, each closure indicia passageway 626 may be a hollow opening through a wall or other portion of closure 620 or may be such an opening that may be covered by or otherwise configured to include a transparent or translucent material or any other suitable object (e.g., a magnifying glass 626 tm) that may enable communication of information therethrough to a user ofassembly 600. Closure 620 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions. Closure 620 may also include ahinge 620H or any other suitable mechanism that may enable at least a portion oftop end 621 of closure 620 to be rotated or otherwise moved away from closure space 623 (e.g., from an X-Y plane to a Y-Z plane ofFIG. 11 ), such that a user may have access to at least a portion of closure space 623 (e.g., in the −Z direction), which may enable the user to replace dial 630 or any dial indicia thereon. Closure 620 may include one or more attachment features 627A attop end 621 for enabling removable coupling oftop end 621 with one or more attachment features 627B along a top of aside wall 625 of closure 620. - Dial 630 of
cap 610 may include a dial body that may include one or more side walls that may extend from an at least partially closedtop end 631 to an at least partially closedbottom end 639. Unlike dial 230, which may be an at least partially open shape and/or include a side dial indicia, dial 630 may be a relatively thin closed dial (e.g., along the Z-axis) with no side dial indicia, which may reduce the thickness ofcap 610. Dial 630 may include anysuitable dial indicia 636 that may be positioned on any suitable portions of dial 630 for selective display to a user ofassembly 600. As shown, dialindicia 636 may include top dial indicia 636 t that may be provided on an exterior surface oftop end 631 of dial 630, and/or bottom dial indicia (not shown) that may be provided on an exterior surface ofbottom end 639. Dial 630 may be configured to fit at least partially withinclosure space 623, such that dial 630 may be moved withinclosure space 623 with respect to closure 620 for selectively aligningdifferent dial indicia 636 of dial 630 with a closure indicia passageway 626 of closure 620 and/or a base indicia passageway of base 670 (not shown). Dial 630 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions. Unlikedial 130, dial 630 may be configured to be coupled (e.g., permanently or removably) to closure 620, such that, for example, closure 620 may prevent dial 630 from moving (e.g., along the Z-axis). For example, dial 630 may include at least one closure attachment feature (e.g., the shape of an exterior surface of side wall(s) 635 of dial 630) and closure 620 may include at least one dial attachment feature 622 (e.g., one or more grooves or female threads protruding from an interior surface of closure 620), where dial 630 may snap into or otherwise fit dial 630 within dial attachment feature 622 for securing dial 630 withinclosure space 623. Dial attachment feature 622 may be positioned above both base attachment feature 624 (described below) and bottle attachment feature 628 withinclosure space 623 of closure 620 such that dial 630 and base 670 may be coupled to closure 620 while still enabling bottle attachment feature 628 to removably couple closure 620 to bottle 690. In some embodiments, an upper portion of attachment feature 628 may not be provided such that dial 630 may be easily removed from closure space 623 (e.g., in the +Z direction by a user when top 621 provides access to closure space 623), which may enable a user to replace dial 630 and/or at least replace indicia on all sides of dial 630. - Base 670 of
cap 610 may include a base body that may include one or more side walls 675 that may extend from an at least partially closedtop end 671 to an at least partially closed bottom end 679. Base 670 may be configured to be coupled (e.g., permanently or removably) to closure 620, such that, for example, base 670 and closure 620 may together define at least a portion of anindicia space 683 within which dial 630 may be positioned. For example, base 670 may include at least one closure attachment feature (e.g., the shape of an exterior surface of side wall(s) 675 of base 670) and closure 620 may include at least one base attachment feature 624 (e.g., one or more grooves or female threads protruding from an interior surface of closure 620), where base 670 may snap into or otherwise fit base 670 within base attachment feature 624 for securing base 670 withinclosure space 623, which may thereby define a reducedindicia space 683 between closure 620 and base 670. Base attachment feature 624 may be positioned above bottle attachment feature 628 withinclosure space 623 of closure 620 such that base 670 may be coupled to closure 620 while still enabling bottle attachment feature 628 to removably couple closure 620 to bottle 690. Whileclosure space 623 may be defined by the interior surface(s) of side wall(s) 625,top end 621, andbottom end 629 of closure 620,indicia space 683 may be defined by the interior surface(s) of side wall(s) 625 andtop end 621 of closure 620 as well as by base 670, such thatindicia space 683 may be a portion ofclosure space 623. Thus, base 670 may be configured to fit at least partially withinclosure space 623, such that base 670 may define at least a portion of the bottom ofindicia space 683. Base 670 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions. Dial 630 may be at least partially positioned withinindicia space 683 when base 670 is coupled to closure 620. Base 670 may have less material than base 270 or base 370, and a thickness of base 670 (e.g., along the Z-axis) may be substantially constant while portions of base 670 may run adjacently alongbottom 639 of dial 630 (e.g., to support dial 630). -
Gear assembly 640 ofcap 610 may be at least partially positioned withinindicia space 683 along with dial 630, andgear assembly 640 may be configured to selectively move dial 630 withinindicia space 683 with respect to closure 620 for selectively aligningdifferent dial indicia 636 with a closure indicia passageway 626 of closure 620.Gear assembly 640 may include one or more gears that may be configured to translate a user motion that may be applied to a first portion ofgear assembly 640 into movement of dial 630 with indicia space 683 (e.g., rotation of dial 630 about an axis A along a Z-axis). As shown,gear assembly 640 may include an upper ordial gear subassembly 650 and a lower oruser gear subassembly 660.Dial gear subassembly 650 may include an upper or dial cogwheel or gear 652 and, in some embodiments, an upper or dial gear shaft 658 that may extend away from gear 652 along an axis of rotation of gear 652 (e.g., axis A along a Z-axis).User gear subassembly 660 may include a lower or user cogwheel orgear 662 and, in some embodiments, a lower or user gear shaft 668 that may extend away fromgear 662 along an axis of rotation of gear 662 (e.g., axis B along a Z-axis that may be parallel to axis A).User gear subassembly 660 may also include a user handle 666 that may be coupled to a portion of gear 662 (e.g., at an end of gear shaft 668), such that a user may apply a user force or motion to handle 666 forrotating gear 662.Gear assembly 640 may be configured such that rotation ofgear 662 may be configured to rotate or otherwise translate gear 652, which may be configured to rotate or otherwise translate dial 630 with respect to closure 620 withinindicia space 683. For example, as shown,gear 662 may include teeth or cogs or any other suitable mechanical feature that may mesh with teeth or cogs or any other suitable mechanical feature of gear 652 to transmit torque therebetween within gear assembly 640 (e.g., as a transmission or gearbox). - Base 670 may be configured to support at least a portion of
gear assembly 640 and/or dial 630 withinindicia space 683 when base 670 is coupled to closure 620. For example, as shown, at least a portion of user gear subassembly 660 (e.g., a bottom portion of gear 662) may be configured to rest against base 670 (e.g., against an exterior surface oftop wall 671 of base 670). A user gear shaft opening 677 may be provided through base 670 (e.g., betweentop wall 671 and bottom wall 679) for enabling at least a portion of user gear shaft 668 and/or user handle 666 to extend therethrough fromindicia space 683 to at least a portion ofclosure space 623 and/orbottle space 693 or for at least enabling a portion ofgear subassembly 660 to be accessible therethrough, such that a portion ofgear assembly 640 may be accessible to a user whencap 610 is not coupled to bottle 690 (e.g., when a user unscrewscap 610 frombottle 690 for accessing contents 697). Such accessibility to a portion ofgear subassembly 660 by a user external to indicia space 683 (e.g., via user gear shaft opening 677 of base 670) may enable a user ofassembly 600 to apply a user force or motion to handle 666 forrotating gear 662. Alternatively or additionally, in some embodiments, user gear shaft opening 677 of base 670 may at least partially define an axis of rotation ofuser gear 662 and/or may otherwise limit at least a portion of a path along which at least a portion ofuser gear subassembly 660 may travel (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement ofgear subassembly 660 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 683). For example, as shown,user gear 662 may be configured to rotate about an axis B, and gear shaft 668 may extend away fromgear 662 along axis B, such that gear shaft opening 677 may align with axis B. Additionally or alternatively, as shown, at least a portion of dial gear subassembly 650 (e.g., a top portion of gear 652) may be coupled to dial 630 (e.g., tobottom wall 639 of dial 630), such that movement ofgear subassembly 650 may provide movement of dial 630 (e.g., rotational movement about axis A). In some embodiments, a dial gear shaft opening 673 may be provided through at least a portion of base 670 (e.g., through top wall 671), where opening 673 may at least partially define an axis of rotation of dial gear 652 and/or may otherwise limit at least a portion of a path along which at least a portion ofdial gear subassembly 650 may travel (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement ofgear subassembly 650 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 683). For example, as shown, dial gear 652 may be configured to rotate about an axis A, and gear shaft 658 may extend away from gear 652 along axis A, such that gear shaft opening 673 may align with axis A. However, in some embodiments, gear shaft opening 673 and/or gear shaft 658 may not be necessary and other features ofassembly 600 may define axis A about which gear 652 may rotate. For example, the positioning of base 670,gear subassembly 660, and dial 630 withinindicia space 683 may limit the manner in whichgear subassembly 650 may move within indicia space 683 (e.g., only to movement about axis A). In some embodiments, as shown inFIG. 12 , an interior surface oftop end 621 of closure 620 may include adial movement feature 627 and an exterior surface oftop end 631 of dial 630 may include aclosure movement feature 637, wheresuch features feature 637 may be a nub that may extend into a cut out or notch 627. In some embodiments, the thickness of the wall oftop end 631 of dial 630 along the Z-axis combined with the thickness ofgear assembly 640 along the Z-axis may be substantially equal to or slightly less than a thickness ofindicia space 683 along the Z-axis, such that dial 630 and/orgear assembly 640 may be prevented or limited with respect to movement along the Z-axis. In some embodiments, dialindicia 636 may be replaceable on dial 630 (e.g., on top 631) when top 621 of closure 620 provides access to dial 630. As shown inFIGS. 11 and 12 ,such dial indicia 636 may include afeature 636C that may surround or otherwise interact withfeature 637 of dial 630 (e.g., along axis A), whilesuch dial indicia 636 may also include at least onefeature 636D that may surround or otherwise interact withfeature 637D of dial 630 (e.g., offset from axis A), which may enable proper orientation ofindicia 636 with dial 630 when be positioned thereon by a user. - As just one example of use, a user may interact with handle 666 of
user gear subassembly 660, as may be accessible to a user through opening 677 of base 670, for rotating gear shaft 668 and/orgear 662 in the direction of arrow R2 about axis B, which may in turn rotate gear 652 ofdial subassembly 650 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A, which may in turn rotate dial 630 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A. Such rotation of dial 630 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A withinindicia space 683 with respect to closure 620 may alter the particular portion of dial 630 and, thus, the particular portion ofdial indicia 636 that may be aligned with a particular closure indicia passageway 626, which may alter what information may be provided to a user ofassembly 600 by that particular portion ofdial indicia 636. For example, as shown inFIG. 12 , when dial 630 is at a first particular orientation with respect to closure 620 and base 670 withinindicia space 683, a first indication of top dial indicia 636 t may be aligned with and visible through indicia passageway 626 t. However, when dial 630 is rotated in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A withinindicia space 683 with respect to closure 620 from such a first orientation to a second orientation, the particular portion of dial 630 and, thus, the particular portion ofdial indicia 636 that may be aligned with such indicia passageway 626 may be altered. As shown, handle 666 may include a flexible arm that may be configured to bend or flex in any suitable direction and/or to any suitable shape (e.g., with respect to the Z-axis) such that handle 666 may extend up towards or at least parallel to base 670 (e.g., as shown inFIG. 10 ) and then may be bent to a second elongated state (e.g., with respect to the Z-axis), which may enable handle 666 to extend away from base 670 for easier use by a user and then bend towards or along base 670 so as not to extend (too far) out away from base 670 and/orindicia space 683 so as to interfere withcontent 697 ofbottle 690 or a factory protective seal that may be initially provided by bottle 690 (e.g., across top 691). - While
cap subassembly 610 may be configured to enable rotation of dial 630 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A withinindicia space 683 with respect to closure 620 from a first orientation to a second orientation (e.g., to keep track of a medication schedule for content of bottle 690) by enabling user rotation of handle 666 in the direction of arrow R2 about axis B,cap subassembly 610 may be configured to prevent rotation of dial 630 in the opposite direction of arrow R2 about axis A. For example, as shown,gear assembly 640 may include a ratchet component 642 and base 670 may include a stopper component 672 that may be configured to interact with ratchet component 642 for preventing rotation ofgear subassembly 650 in the direction of arrow R2 while enabling rotation ofgear subassembly 650 in the direction of arrow R1. For example, as shown, ratchet component 642 may be provided along a portion of gear subassembly 650 (e.g., adjacent a top portion of gear 652) and base 670 may provide stopper component 672 just adjacent ratchet component 642 in the +X direction (e.g., as an extension of a portion oftop surface 671 of the base body of base 670), such that a free end of stopper component 672 may enable rotation of ratchet component 642 and, thus,gear 650 and dial 630 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A and at the same time prevent rotation of ratchet component 642 and, thus, gear 652 and dial 630 in the direction of arrow R2 about axis A (e.g., due to the geometrical relationship between teeth or other suitable features of ratchet component 642 and the free end of stopper component 672). Moreover, interaction of ratchet component 642 and stopper component 672 may provide a user with an audible and/or tactile feedback to user adjustment of the indicia ofassembly 600. In some embodiments, stopper component 672 may be tensioned by a suitable amount such that the free end of stopper component 672 may exert a suitable force on ratchet component 642 for even preventing rotation of dial 630 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A, where such a force may be overcome by an intentional user force on handle 666 but that may not be overcome by any unintentional forces to whichcap subassembly 610 may be susceptible during normal use ofassembly 600, such that components 642/672 may enable proper rotation of dial 630 in the direction of arrow R1 but only if at least a certain amount of threshold force is applied to gear assembly 640 (e.g., to handle 666). - Additionally or alternatively to being provided with ratchet component and stopper component (e.g., ratchet component 642 and stopper component 672),
gear assembly 640 may be configured to have a resting state in which movement ofgear subassembly 650 may not translate into motion of gear subassembly 660 (and vice versa) and an active state in which movement ofgear subassembly 650 may translate into motion of gear subassembly 660 (and vice versa). For example, as shown inFIG. 12 ,gear assembly 640 may be in a resting state, whereby a spacing distance (e.g., similar to spacing distance 141) may exist between gear 652 and gear 662 (e.g., along the X-axis and/or along the Z-axis ofFIG. 12 ), such that any rotation ofuser gear 662 in such a resting state (e.g., about axis B in the direction of arrow R1 or arrow R2) would not be translated into a rotation of dial gear 652. In order to reconfiguregear assembly 640 from such a resting state into an active state, a user may first apply an upward force (e.g., in the +Z direction along axis B) on gear subassembly 660 (e.g., via handle 666), such thatgear 662 may be moved upwards by the spacing distance in order to contact gear 652 (e.g., such that teeth ofgear 662 may mesh with teeth of gear 652), and then the user may apply a rotation force (e.g., in the direction of arrow R2 about axis B) to user gear subassembly 660 (e.g., via handle 666) for rotating meshed dial gear 652 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A. This may help prevent unintentional rotation of dial 630 and, thus, unintentional updating of exposeddial indicia 636. - By reducing the thickness of dial 630 while also minimizing the thickness of indicia spacing 683 to only that which may be needed for gear assembly 630, a height of
indicia space 683 between top 621 and bottom 679 ofassembly 600 may be shorter than a height ofindicia space 183 between top 121 andbottom 179 ofassembly 100, while a portion of that reduced height may be used to store a portion of a handle 666 (e.g., a free end of handle 666) when in a non-use state. Additionally or alternatively, by enabling user access to dial 630 (e.g., via a movabletop end 621 of closure 620, a user may interchange dials 630 orindicia 636 thereon for usingassembly 600 for different purposes with different appropriate adjustable indicia. -
FIGS. 13 and 14 show another illustrativebottle container assembly 700, which may be similar toassembly 100 ofFIGS. 1-6 but may include axially aligned gear subassemblies.Assembly 700 ofFIGS. 13 and 14 may include similar components toassembly 100 ofFIGS. 1-6 , with components ofassembly 700 ofFIGS. 13 and 14 being labeled with “7xx” reference labels that may correspond to the “1xx” reference labels of the labeled components ofassembly 100 ofFIGS. 1-6 , where differences therebetween may be described below. As shown,assembly 700 may include abottle 790 and acap 710 that may be coupled to bottle 790 for forming a closed container that may safely hold content therein. For example,bottle 790 may include a bottle body that may include one ormore side walls 795 that may extend from a closedbottom end 799 to an at least partially opentop end 791 for defining aninterior bottle space 793.Bottle 790 may be configured such that a user may insertcontent 797 throughopen end 791 into bottle space 793 (e.g., along the −Z direction) and/or may remove content 797 frombottle space 793 through open end 791 (e.g., along the +Z direction).Bottle 790 may be any suitable container portion that may be configured to hold anysuitable content 797 in any suitable way.Bottle 790 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions. -
Cap 710 may be configured to be removably coupled tobottle 790, such thatcap 710 may coveropen end 791 for preventing a user from accessingbottle space 793 whencap 710 is coupled to bottle 790, and such thatcap 710 may not cover at least a portion ofopen end 791 for enabling a user to accessbottle space 793 whencap 710 is not coupled to bottle 790.Assembly 700 may be configured in any suitable way for enabling cap subassembly to be removably coupled tobottle 790. As just one example,bottle 790 may include at least onecap attachment feature 792 andcap 710 may include at least one bottle attachment feature 728, wherecap attachment feature 792 and bottle attachment feature 728 may be any suitable combination of reciprocal or otherwise related features that may be configured to interact with each other forremovably coupling cap 710 to bottle 790 (e.g., threads, snaps, notches, clips, location or transition fits, etc.).Bottle 790 may also include alip 794, which may protrude from an exterior surface ofbody 795 belowcap attachment feature 792, wherelip 794 may be configured to suspendcap subassembly 710 by at least a certain distance above the closed end.Cap attachment feature 792 and/orlip 794 may ensure a specific relationship betweencap 710 andbottle 790 whencap 710 is coupled tobottle 790. -
Cap 710 may include a closure 720, adial 730, a gear assembly 740, and abase 770. Closure 720 ofcap 710 may include a closure body that may include one ormore side walls 725 that may extend from an at least partially closedtop end 721 to an at least partially openbottom end 729 for defining aninterior closure space 723. Closure 720 may also include one or more closure indicia passageways 726 through any suitable portions of closure 720 for selectively exposing to a user one or more other portions of cap subassembly 700 (e.g., portions ofdial 730, as described below). As shown, closure indicia passageways 726 may include at least one top closure indicia passageway 726 t that may be provided through the wall oftop end 721 of closure 720. As described below, each closure indicia passageway 726 may be a hollow opening through a wall or other portion of closure 720 or may be such an opening that may be covered by or otherwise configured to include a transparent or translucent material or any other suitable object (e.g., a magnifying glass 726 tm) that may enable communication of information therethrough to a user ofassembly 700. Closure 720 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions. -
Dial 730 ofcap 710 may include a dial body that may include one or more side walls that may extend from an at least partially closed top end 731 to an at least partially closedbottom end 739. Unlike dial 230, which may be an at least partially open shape and/or include a side dial indicia, dial 730 may be a relatively thin closed dial (e.g., along the Z-axis) with no side dial indicia, which may reduce the thickness ofcap 710.Dial 730 may include any suitable dial indicia 736 that may be positioned on any suitable portions ofdial 730 for selective display to a user ofassembly 700. As shown, dial indicia 736 may include top dial indicia 736 t that may be provided on an exterior surface of top end 731 ofdial 730, and/orbottom dial indicia 736 b that may be provided on an exterior surface ofbottom end 739.Dial 730 may be configured to fit at least partially withinclosure space 723, such thatdial 730 may be moved withinclosure space 723 with respect to closure 720 for selectively aligning different dial indicia 736 ofdial 730 with a closure indicia passageway 726 of closure 720 and/or abase indicia passageway 776 ofbase 770.Dial 730 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions. Unlikedial 130, dial 730 may be configured to be coupled (e.g., permanently or removably) to closure 720, such that, for example, closure 720 may prevent dial 730 from moving (e.g., along the Z-axis). For example, dial 730 may include at least one closure attachment feature (e.g., the shape of an exterior surface of side wall(s) 735 of dial 730) and closure 720 may include at least one dial attachment feature 722 (e.g., one or more grooves or female threads protruding from an interior surface of closure 720), where dial 730 may snap into or otherwisefit dial 730 within dial attachment feature 722 for securingdial 730 withinclosure space 723. Dial attachment feature 722 may be positioned above both base attachment feature 724 (described below) and bottle attachment feature 728 withinclosure space 723 of closure 720 such thatdial 730 andbase 770 may be coupled to closure 720 while still enabling bottle attachment feature 728 to removably couple closure 720 to bottle 790. -
Base 770 ofcap 710 may include a base body that may include one ormore side walls 775 that may extend from an at least partially closedtop end 771 to an at least partially closedbottom end 779.Base 770 may be configured to be coupled (e.g., permanently or removably) to closure 720, such that, for example,base 770 and closure 720 may together define at least a portion of an indicia space 783 within whichdial 730 may be positioned. For example,base 770 may include at least one closure attachment feature (e.g., the shape of an exterior surface of side wall(s) 775 of base 770) and closure 720 may include at least one base attachment feature 724 (e.g., one or more grooves or female threads protruding from an interior surface of closure 720), wherebase 770 may snap into or otherwisefit base 770 within base attachment feature 724 for securingbase 770 withinclosure space 723, which may thereby define a reduced indicia space 783 between closure 720 andbase 770. Base attachment feature 724 may be positioned above bottle attachment feature 728 withinclosure space 723 of closure 720 such thatbase 770 may be coupled to closure 720 while still enabling bottle attachment feature 728 to removably couple closure 720 to bottle 790. Whileclosure space 723 may be defined by the interior surface(s) of side wall(s) 725,top end 721, andbottom end 729 of closure 720, indicia space 783 may be defined by the interior surface(s) of side wall(s) 725 andtop end 721 of closure 720 as well as bybase 770, such that indicia space 783 may be a portion ofclosure space 723. Thus,base 770 may be configured to fit at least partially withinclosure space 723, such thatbase 770 may define at least a portion of the bottom of indicia space 783.Base 770 may be made of any suitable material or combination of materials and may be of any suitable dimensions.Dial 730 may be at least partially positioned within indicia space 783 whenbase 770 is coupled to closure 720.Base 770 may have less material than base 270 or base 370, and a thickness of base 770 (e.g., along the Z-axis) may be substantially constant while portions ofbase 770 may run adjacently alongbottom 739 of dial 730 (e.g., to support dial 730). - Gear assembly 740 of
cap 710 may be at least partially positioned within indicia space 783 along withdial 730, and gear assembly 740 may be configured to selectively movedial 730 within indicia space 783 with respect to closure 720 for selectively aligning different dial indicia 736 with a closure indicia passageway 726 of closure 720. Gear assembly 740 may include one or more gears that may be configured to translate a user motion that may be applied to a first portion of gear assembly 740 into movement ofdial 730 with indicia space 783 (e.g., rotation ofdial 730 about an axis A along a Z-axis). As shown, gear assembly 740 may include an upper ordial gear subassembly 750 and a lower oruser gear subassembly 760.Dial gear subassembly 750 may include an upper or dial cogwheel orgear 752 and, in some embodiments, an upper or dial gear shaft (not shown) that may extend away fromgear 752 along an axis of rotation of gear 752 (e.g., axis A along a Z-axis).User gear subassembly 760 may include a lower or user cogwheel orgear 762 and, in some embodiments, a lower oruser gear shaft 768 that may extend away fromgear 762 along an axis of rotation of gear 762 (e.g., axis A).User gear subassembly 760 may also include a user handle 766 that may be coupled to a portion of gear 762 (e.g., at an end of gear shaft 768), such that a user may apply a user force or motion to handle 766 forrotating gear 762. Gear assembly 740 may be configured such that rotation ofgear 762 may be configured to rotate or otherwise translategear 752, which may be configured to rotate or otherwise translatedial 730 with respect to closure 720 within indicia space 783. For example, as shown,gear 762 may include teeth or cogs or any other suitable mechanical feature of gear 762 (e.g., on a cylindrical or conical or any other suitable shaped exterior surface ofgear 762, such that teeth ofgear 762 may extend away from axis A ofgear 762 towards gear 752 (e.g., along the X-axis)) that may mesh with teeth or cogs or any other suitable mechanical feature of gear 752 (e.g., on a cylindrical or conical or any other suitable shaped interior surface ofgear 752, such that teeth ofgear 752 may extend away towards axis A ofgear 752 and towards gear 762 (e.g., along the X-axis)) to transmit torque therebetween within gear assembly 740 (e.g., as a transmission or gearbox).Gear 752 may be cup shaped for receiving at least a portion ofgear 762 therein (e.g., in a nesting fashion). -
Base 770 may be configured to support at least a portion of gear assembly 740 and/or dial 730 within indicia space 783 whenbase 770 is coupled to closure 720. For example, as shown, at least a portion of user gear subassembly 760 (e.g., a bottom portion of gear 762) may be configured to rest against base 770 (e.g., against an exterior surface oftop wall 771 of base 770). A usergear shaft opening 777 may be provided through base 770 (e.g., betweentop wall 771 and bottom wall 779) for enabling at least a portion ofuser gear shaft 768 and/or user handle 766 to extend therethrough from indicia space 783 to at least a portion ofclosure space 723 and/orbottle space 793 or for at least enabling a portion ofgear subassembly 760 to be accessible therethrough, such that a portion of gear assembly 740 may be accessible to a user whencap 710 is not coupled to bottle 790 (e.g., when a user unscrewscap 710 frombottle 790 for accessing contents 797). Such accessibility to a portion ofgear subassembly 760 by a user external to indicia space 783 (e.g., via usergear shaft opening 777 of base 770) may enable a user ofassembly 700 to apply a user force or motion to handle 766 forrotating gear 762. Alternatively or additionally, in some embodiments, usergear shaft opening 777 ofbase 770 may at least partially define an axis of rotation ofuser gear 762 and/or may otherwise limit at least a portion of a path along which at least a portion ofuser gear subassembly 760 may travel (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement ofgear subassembly 760 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 783). For example, as shown,user gear 762 may be configured to rotate about an axis A, andgear shaft 768 may extend away fromgear 762 along axis A, such thatgear shaft opening 777 may align with axis A. Additionally or alternatively, as shown, at least a portion of dial gear subassembly 750 (e.g., a top portion of gear 752) may be coupled to dial 730 (e.g., tobottom wall 739 of dial 730), such that movement ofgear subassembly 750 may provide movement of dial 730 (e.g., rotational movement about axis A). In some embodiments, the positioning ofbase 770,gear subassembly 760, and dial 730 within indicia space 783 may limit the manner in whichgear subassembly 750 may move within indicia space 783 (e.g., only to movement about axis A). In some embodiments, as shown inFIG. 14 , an interior surface oftop end 721 of closure 720 may include a dial movement feature 727 and an exterior surface of top end 731 ofdial 730 may include a closure movement feature 737, where such features 727 and 737 may interact with one another to at least partially define an axis of rotation ofdial 730 with respect to closure 720 (e.g., axis A) or otherwise aid or limit such movement (e.g., by preventing or limiting movement ofdial 730 along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis within indicia space 783), for example, where feature 737 may be a nub that may extend into a cut out or notch 727. In some embodiments, the thickness of the wall of top end 731 ofdial 730 along the Z-axis combined with the thickness of gear assembly 740 along the Z-axis may be substantially equal to or slightly less than a thickness of indicia space 783 along the Z-axis, such thatdial 730 and/or gear assembly 740 may be prevented or limited with respect to movement along the Z-axis. - As just one example of use, a user may interact with handle 766 of
user gear subassembly 760, as may be accessible to a user throughopening 777 ofbase 770, for rotatinggear shaft 768 and/orgear 762 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A, which may in turn rotategear 752 ofdial subassembly 750 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A, which may in turn rotatedial 730 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A. Such rotation ofdial 730 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A within indicia space 783 with respect to closure 720 may alter the particular portion ofdial 730 and, thus, the particular portion of dial indicia 736 that may be aligned with a particular closure indicia passageway 726, which may alter what information may be provided to a user ofassembly 700 by that particular portion of dial indicia 736. For example, as shown inFIG. 14 , when dial 730 is at a first particular orientation with respect to closure 720 andbase 770 within indicia space 783, a first indication of top dial indicia 736 t may be aligned with and visible through indicia passageway 726 t and a first indication ofbottom dial indicia 736 b may be aligned with and visible through indicia passageway 776 (e.g., 776 m). However, when dial 730 is rotated in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A within indicia space 783 with respect to closure 720 from such a first orientation to a second orientation, the particular portion ofdial 730 and, thus, the particular portion of dial indicia 736 that may be aligned with such indicia passageway 726/776 may be altered. As shown, handle 766 may not extend beyond base 770 (e.g., in the −Z direction), but instead may include a friction pad or other suitable feature at its end within opening 777 such that a user may grip handle 766 (e.g., with the tip of a user finger), while handle 766 does not take up any real estate ofassembly 700 outside of indicia space 783, which may prevent handle 766 from interfering withcontent 797 ofbottle 790 or a factory protective seal that may be initially provided by bottle 790 (e.g., across top 791). - While
cap subassembly 710 may be configured to enable rotation ofdial 730 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A within indicia space 783 with respect to closure 720 from a first orientation to a second orientation (e.g., to keep track of a medication schedule for content of bottle 790) by enabling user rotation of handle 766 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A,cap subassembly 710 may be configured to prevent rotation ofdial 730 in the opposite direction of arrow R2 about axis A. For example, as shown, gear assembly 740 may include aratchet component 742 andbase 770 may include astopper component 772 that may be configured to interact withratchet component 742 for preventing rotation ofgear subassembly 750 in the direction of arrow R2 while enabling rotation ofgear subassembly 750 in the direction of arrow R1. For example, as shown,ratchet component 742 may be provided along a portion of gear subassembly 750 (e.g., adjacent a top portion of gear 752) andbase 770 may providestopper component 772 justadjacent ratchet component 742 in the +X direction (e.g., as an extension of a portion oftop surface 771 of the base body of base 770), such that a free end ofstopper component 772 may enable rotation ofratchet component 742 and, thus,gear 750 and dial 730 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A and at the same time prevent rotation ofratchet component 742 and, thus,gear 752 and dial 730 in the direction of arrow R2 about axis A (e.g., due to the geometrical relationship between teeth or other suitable features ofratchet component 742 and the free end of stopper component 772). Moreover, interaction ofratchet component 742 andstopper component 772 may provide a user with an audible and/or tactile feedback to user adjustment of the indicia ofassembly 700. In some embodiments,stopper component 772 may be tensioned by a suitable amount such that the free end ofstopper component 772 may exert a suitable force onratchet component 742 for even preventing rotation ofdial 730 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A, where such a force may be overcome by an intentional user force on handle 766 but that may not be overcome by any unintentional forces to whichcap subassembly 710 may be susceptible during normal use ofassembly 700, such thatcomponents 742/772 may enable proper rotation ofdial 730 in the direction of arrow R1 but only if at least a certain amount of threshold force is applied to gear assembly 740 (e.g., to handle 766). - Additionally or alternatively to being provided with ratchet component and stopper component (e.g.,
ratchet component 742 and stopper component 772), gear assembly 740 may be configured to have a resting state in which movement ofgear subassembly 750 may not translate into motion of gear subassembly 760 (and vice versa) and an active state in which movement ofgear subassembly 750 may translate into motion of gear subassembly 760 (and vice versa). For example, as shown inFIG. 14 , gear assembly 740 may be in a resting state, whereby a spacing distance (e.g., similar to spacing distance 141) may exist betweengear 752 and gear 762 (e.g., along the X-axis and/or along the Z-axis ofFIG. 14 ), such that any rotation ofuser gear 762 in such a resting state (e.g., about axis A in the direction of arrow R1 or arrow R2) would not be translated into a rotation ofdial gear 752. In order to reconfigure gear assembly 740 from such a resting state into an active state, a user may first apply an upward force (e.g., in the +Z direction along axis A) on gear subassembly 760 (e.g., via handle 766), such thatgear 762 may be moved upwards by the spacing distance in order to contact gear 752 (e.g., such that teeth ofgear 762 may mesh with teeth of gear 752), and then the user may apply a rotation force (e.g., in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A) to user gear subassembly 760 (e.g., via handle 766) for rotatingmeshed dial gear 752 in the direction of arrow R1 about axis A. This may help prevent unintentional rotation ofdial 730 and, thus, unintentional updating of exposed dial indicia 736. - By reducing the thickness of
dial 730 while also minimizing the thickness of indicia spacing 783 to only that which may be needed forgear assembly 730, a height of indicia space 783 between top 721 andbottom 779 ofassembly 700 may be shorter than a height ofindicia space 183 between top 121 andbottom 179 ofassembly 100. Additionally or alternatively, by nesting auser gear subassembly 760 within a dial gear subassembly 750 (or vice versa), such as within an X-Y plane, may reduce a width of at least a portion of an indicia space 783 (e.g., along the X-axis and/or along the Y-axis). -
FIG. 15 is a flowchart of anillustrative process 800 for changing the portion of indicia on a dial within a bottle cap that is visible to a user through a passageway in the bottle cap. Atstep 802,process 800 may include pushing a user gear along a first axis towards a dial gear that is coupled to the dial. For example, as described with respect to any one of assemblies 100-700, a user gear 162-762 may be pushed towards a dial gear 152-752 that is coupled to a dial 130-730 for eliminating a spacing distance (e.g., distance 141) between the two gears. Next, atstep 804, during the pushing ofstep 802,process 800 may include rotating the user gear about the first axis. For example, as described with respect to any one of assemblies 100-700, a user gear 162-762 may be rotated when such a spacing distance has been eliminated (e.g., when teeth of the user gear are meshed with teeth of the dial gear). Then, atstep 806,process 800 may include rotating the dial gear and the dial about a second axis using the rotation of the user gear. For example, as described with respect to any one of assemblies 100-700, rotation of a user gear 162-762 may rotate a dial gear 152-752 and a dial 130-730 coupled thereto. In some embodiments, the first axis of the pushing ofstep 802 and of the rotating ofstep 804 may be the same as the second axis of the rotating of step 806 (e.g., axis A ofassembly 700 ofFIGS. 13 and 14 ). In other embodiments, the first axis of the pushing ofstep 802 and of the rotating ofstep 804 may be different than the second axis of the rotating of step 806 (e.g., axis B versus axis A of any one of assemblies 100-600 ofFIGS. 1-12 ). - It is understood that the steps shown in
process 800 ofFIG. 15 are merely illustrative and that existing steps may be modified or omitted, additional steps may be added, and the order of certain steps may be altered. - While there have been described adjustable indicators for containers and methods for using and making the same, it is to be understood that many changes may be made therein without departing from the spirit and scope of the subject matter described herein in any way. Insubstantial changes from the claimed subject matter as viewed by a person with ordinary skill in the art, now known or later devised, are expressly contemplated as being equivalently within the scope of the claims. Therefore, obvious substitutions now or later known to one with ordinary skill in the art are defined to be within the scope of the defined elements. It is also to be understood that various directional and orientational terms, such as “proximal” and “distal,” “up” and “down,” “front” and “back,” “top” and “bottom” and “side,” “length” and “width” and “thickness” and “diameter” and “cross-section” and “longitudinal,” “X-” and “Y-” and “Z-,” and the like, may be used herein only for convenience, and that no fixed or absolute directional or orientational limitations are intended by the use of these words. For example, the assemblies and patients can have any desired orientations. If reoriented, different directional or orientational terms may need to be used in their description, but that will not alter their fundamental nature as within the scope and spirit of the subject matter described herein in any way.
- Therefore, those skilled in the art will appreciate that the invention can be practiced by other than the described embodiments, which are presented for purposes of illustration rather than of limitation.
Claims (20)
1. A cap for a bottle, the cap comprising:
a closure operative to be coupled to the bottle for closing the bottle, the closure comprising:
a closure body defining a closure space; and
a closure passageway provided through the closure body;
a base comprising a base body coupled to the closure body within the closure space, the base body and the closure body defining an indicia space within the closure space;
a dial comprising a dial body positioned within the indicia space; and
a gear assembly positioned within the indicia space between a portion of the base body and a portion of the dial body, the gear assembly comprising:
a dial gear subassembly comprising a dial gear coupled to the dial body; and
a user gear subassembly comprising:
a user gear; and
a user shaft extending away from the user gear, wherein:
rotation of the user shaft is operative to rotate the user gear;
rotation of the user gear is operative to rotate the dial gear;
rotation of the dial gear is operative to rotate the dial body; and
rotation of the dial body is operative to change the portion of the dial body that is aligned with the closure passageway.
2. The cap of claim 1 , wherein rotation of the user gear about a particular axis is operative to rotate the dial gear about the particular axis.
3. The cap of claim 1 , wherein rotation of the user gear about a first axis is operative to rotate the dial gear about a second axis that is different than the first axis.
4. The cap of claim 1 , wherein:
rotation of the dial body about a particular axis is operative to change the portion of a side wall of the dial body that is aligned with the closure passageway; and
the portion of the side wall is parallel to the particular axis.
5. The cap of claim 1 , wherein:
rotation of the dial body about a particular axis is operative to change the portion of a top wall of the dial body that is aligned with the closure passageway; and
the portion of the top wall is perpendicular to the particular axis.
6. The cap of claim 1 , wherein:
the base further comprises a base passageway provided through the base body; and
the rotation of the dial body is further operative to change the portion of the dial body that is aligned with the base passageway.
7. The cap of claim 1 , wherein:
the base further comprises a shaft opening provided through the base body; and
the shaft opening enables a force external to the indicia space to be applied to the user shaft for causing the rotation of the user shaft.
8. The cap of claim 1 , wherein:
the base further comprises a shaft opening provided through the base body;
the cap further comprises a handle coupled to the user shaft; and
the handle extends away from the gear assembly and out from the indicia space through the shaft opening.
9. The cap of claim 8 , wherein the handle is operative to be reconfigured between:
a first state where the handle extends out from the indicia space by a first distance; and
a second state where the handle extends out from the indicia space by a second distance that is shorter than the first distance.
10. The cap of claim 1 , wherein:
when the gear assembly is in a resting state, rotation of the user gear is not operative to rotate the dial gear;
when the gear assembly is in an active state, rotation of the user gear is operative to rotate the dial gear; and
movement of the user gear towards the dial gear reconfigures the gear assembly from the resting state to the active state.
11. The cap of claim 1 , further comprising a stopper component positioned within the indicia space, wherein the stopper component is operative to prevent rotation of the dial body in a particular direction about a particular axis.
12. The cap of claim 1 , wherein a portion of the closure is movable with respect to the closure space for providing a user with access to the dial within the closure space.
13. The cap of claim 1 , wherein the closure further comprises a bottle retention feature operative to be coupled to the bottle for closing the bottle.
14. The cap of claim 1 , wherein:
the base further comprises a shaft opening provided through the base body;
the cap further comprises a handle coupled to the user shaft;
the handle extends away from the gear assembly and out from the indicia space through the shaft opening; and
the handle is not accessible to a user when the bottle is closed by the closure.
15. A cap for a bottle, the cap comprising:
a closure operative to be coupled to the bottle for closing the bottle;
a base coupled to the closure;
a dial positioned between a portion of the base and a portion of the closure; and
a gear assembly positioned between a portion of the base and a portion of the dial, the gear assembly comprising:
a dial gear subassembly coupled to the dial; and
a user gear subassembly, wherein the gear assembly is operative to translate movement of the user gear subassembly into movement of the dial gear subassembly for moving the dial with respect to the closure.
16. The cap of claim 15 , wherein:
the dial gear subassembly comprises a dial gear comprising dial gear teeth;
the user gear subassembly comprises a user gear comprising user gear teeth; and
the gear assembly is operative to translate movement of the user gear subassembly into movement of the dial gear subassembly when the user gear teeth are meshed with the dial gear teeth.
17. The cap of claim 16 , wherein:
the base is operative to hold the user gear subassembly at a first position where the user gear teeth are not meshed with the dial gear teeth; and
the gear assembly requires application of a force on the user gear subassembly to move the user gear subassembly from the first position to a second position where the user gear teeth are meshed with the dial gear teeth.
18. The cap of claim 16 , wherein movement of the dial with respect to the closure is operative to change the portion of indicia on the dial that is aligned with a passageway through one of the closure and the base.
19. A method for changing the portion of indicia on a dial within a bottle cap that is visible to a user through a passageway in the bottle cap, the method comprising:
pushing a user gear along a first axis towards a dial gear that is coupled to the dial;
during the pushing, rotating the user gear about the first axis; and
rotating the dial gear and the dial about a second axis using the rotation of the user gear.
20. The method of claim 19 , wherein the first axis is one of:
the same as the second axis; and
different than the second axis.
Priority Applications (11)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US14/533,924 US10010486B2 (en) | 2014-11-05 | 2014-11-05 | Adjustable indicators for container assemblies |
US14/679,371 US10201479B2 (en) | 2014-11-05 | 2015-04-06 | Adjustable indicators for container assemblies |
US14/801,258 US10198975B2 (en) | 2014-11-05 | 2015-07-16 | Adjustable indicators for container assemblies |
CA2966167A CA2966167C (en) | 2014-11-05 | 2015-10-12 | Adjustable indicators for container assemblies |
JP2017544273A JP6564870B2 (en) | 2014-11-05 | 2015-10-12 | Adjustable indicator for container assembly |
EP15784881.3A EP3215101B1 (en) | 2014-11-05 | 2015-10-12 | Adjustable indicators for container assemblies |
PCT/US2015/055072 WO2016073139A2 (en) | 2014-11-05 | 2015-10-12 | Adjustable indicators for container assemblies |
TR2018/08946T TR201808946T4 (en) | 2014-11-05 | 2015-10-12 | Adjustable indicators for container assemblies. |
MX2017005683A MX2017005683A (en) | 2014-11-05 | 2015-10-12 | Adjustable indicators for container assemblies. |
HK18102730.1A HK1242959B (en) | 2014-11-05 | 2018-02-26 | Adjustable indicators for container assemblies |
US16/230,526 US11039985B2 (en) | 2014-11-05 | 2018-12-21 | Adjustable indicators for container assemblies |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US14/533,924 US10010486B2 (en) | 2014-11-05 | 2014-11-05 | Adjustable indicators for container assemblies |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/679,371 Continuation-In-Part US10201479B2 (en) | 2014-11-05 | 2015-04-06 | Adjustable indicators for container assemblies |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20160120760A1 true US20160120760A1 (en) | 2016-05-05 |
US10010486B2 US10010486B2 (en) | 2018-07-03 |
Family
ID=55851432
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/533,924 Active 2036-12-14 US10010486B2 (en) | 2014-11-05 | 2014-11-05 | Adjustable indicators for container assemblies |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (1) | US10010486B2 (en) |
Cited By (9)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20170183143A1 (en) * | 2015-12-24 | 2017-06-29 | Toly Korea Inc. | Container for storing and individually discharging capsules |
USD821738S1 (en) * | 2016-04-03 | 2018-07-03 | Steven Douglas Small | Weekly pill organizer |
US20180250196A1 (en) * | 2015-09-02 | 2018-09-06 | Mylan Inc | Medication packaging and dose regimen system |
US10196197B2 (en) | 2016-10-07 | 2019-02-05 | Toly Korea Inc. | Packaging container with improved discharge rate of capsule-shaped contents |
US10526131B2 (en) | 2017-06-21 | 2020-01-07 | Toly Management Ltd. | Sweep bead dispenser |
US10839635B2 (en) | 2017-06-21 | 2020-11-17 | Toly Management Ltd. | Sweep bead dispenser |
US20210392910A1 (en) * | 2020-06-22 | 2021-12-23 | Sean Adler | Banana Preservation Device |
US11279530B2 (en) * | 2017-11-29 | 2022-03-22 | Cory J. Wilson | Child-resistant cap |
USD987286S1 (en) * | 2022-12-05 | 2023-05-30 | Rong Wu | Pill organizer |
Families Citing this family (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US11912478B2 (en) | 2020-03-02 | 2024-02-27 | Twistwise LLC | Dosage reminder indicator for container lids |
Citations (32)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4432300A (en) * | 1981-06-01 | 1984-02-21 | Lyss Esther B | Pill dispenser with sequential dispensing and indicating cap |
US4489834A (en) * | 1984-07-02 | 1984-12-25 | Thackrey James D | Counting cap for medicine bottles |
US4753189A (en) * | 1984-02-10 | 1988-06-28 | Gary J. Mastman | Medicine bottle cap having dosage means |
US4756423A (en) * | 1985-08-07 | 1988-07-12 | Holtsch Metallwarenherstellung | Indicator for taking medication |
US5279422A (en) * | 1992-08-25 | 1994-01-18 | Adams James E | Medicine container cap with time indicator |
US5984122A (en) * | 1989-02-03 | 1999-11-16 | Senetics, Inc. | Indicator closure having removable indicia |
US6076521A (en) * | 1994-11-29 | 2000-06-20 | Astra Aktiebolag | Dose indicating device |
US6082358A (en) * | 1998-05-05 | 2000-07-04 | 1263152 Ontario Inc. | Indicating device for aerosol container |
US20030089145A1 (en) * | 2000-08-16 | 2003-05-15 | Horst Michels | Twist closure |
US6779480B2 (en) * | 2001-06-25 | 2004-08-24 | David B. Zamjahn | Dial indicator cap |
US6789497B1 (en) * | 2003-04-08 | 2004-09-14 | Edwin H. Aiken | Indicator for pill bottle |
US7000791B2 (en) * | 2002-11-18 | 2006-02-21 | Miller Mark H | Vial closure with indicator |
US7017762B2 (en) * | 2002-05-28 | 2006-03-28 | Terry Shane | Medication reminder system |
US20060124501A1 (en) * | 2004-11-30 | 2006-06-15 | Mcneely Kevin | Dosage reminder cap |
US20060139151A1 (en) * | 2004-12-10 | 2006-06-29 | Rosche Roger M | Cap timing |
US20060207958A1 (en) * | 2005-03-17 | 2006-09-21 | Hamer Douglas T | Secure bottle cap |
US7222736B1 (en) * | 2003-06-13 | 2007-05-29 | James Seijas | Device and method for indicating scheduled doses |
US20080173666A1 (en) * | 2007-01-19 | 2008-07-24 | One World Design & Manufacturing Group | Pill Bottle |
US7584712B2 (en) * | 2003-12-15 | 2009-09-08 | Trudell Medical International | Dose indicating device |
US7637227B2 (en) * | 2004-04-29 | 2009-12-29 | Valois S.A.S. | Indicator for a powder or fluid dispenser device |
US20100142330A1 (en) * | 2006-11-09 | 2010-06-10 | Generics (Uk) Limited | Attachable device for pill container |
US7857134B2 (en) * | 2006-06-28 | 2010-12-28 | Mark Koch | Bottle comprising a temporal indicator |
US20110210136A1 (en) * | 2010-02-26 | 2011-09-01 | Chiu-Sung Wang | Container |
US20120223045A1 (en) * | 2011-03-01 | 2012-09-06 | Burke Jr Richard Million | Container cap with protective cover |
US8662330B2 (en) * | 2009-09-03 | 2014-03-04 | Cap-N-Lock, Llc | Lockable cap for medical prescription bottle |
US8763553B1 (en) * | 2010-02-22 | 2014-07-01 | Leslie B. Shannehan | Medicine tracker and dose indicator |
US20150008152A1 (en) * | 2013-07-03 | 2015-01-08 | Tao Xu | Indexing multi-compartment container-cap assembly |
US8931652B2 (en) * | 2009-09-03 | 2015-01-13 | Cap N Lock Llc | Lockable cap for a bottle |
US8938999B2 (en) * | 2011-11-14 | 2015-01-27 | Protectrx Llc | Locking cap apparatus and related methods |
US9492356B2 (en) * | 2013-05-10 | 2016-11-15 | RedCap, LLC | Container with a dispensing schedule |
US9622939B2 (en) * | 2012-07-09 | 2017-04-18 | Patricia Buxton-Dakides | Dial cap for medicine bottle |
US20170202748A1 (en) * | 2013-05-10 | 2017-07-20 | RedCap, LLC | Container with a dispensing schedule |
Family Cites Families (24)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US261131A (en) | 1882-07-18 | Jelly-glass | ||
US3151599A (en) | 1963-04-22 | 1964-10-06 | Robert J Livingston | Indicator-type closures |
DE1586601A1 (en) | 1967-01-03 | 1970-06-25 | Martin Espinal | Registering pill dispenser |
US3446179A (en) | 1967-03-14 | 1969-05-27 | Samuel Bender | Dose time indicator closure means for receptacles |
US3753417A (en) | 1970-06-25 | 1973-08-21 | L Garby | Sequence indicating mechanism |
JPS53537B2 (en) | 1972-04-25 | 1978-01-10 | ||
US4365722A (en) | 1981-06-26 | 1982-12-28 | Kramer Steven G | Reminder closure |
JPS58168452A (en) | 1982-03-30 | 1983-10-04 | Sumitomo Metal Ind Ltd | Method and apparatus for roughing-down in case of hot forging |
GB2179778A (en) | 1985-08-29 | 1987-03-11 | Alternate Resources Limited | Indicator device |
US5299701A (en) | 1989-02-03 | 1994-04-05 | Senetics, Inc. | Indicator cap |
US5421482A (en) | 1989-02-03 | 1995-06-06 | Senetics, Inc. | Indicator device responsive to axial force |
US5638970A (en) | 1989-02-03 | 1997-06-17 | Senetics, Inc. | Child-resistant indicator cap |
US5184739A (en) | 1992-05-05 | 1993-02-09 | Owens-Illinois Closure Inc. | Child resistant reminder closure |
US5356012A (en) | 1993-05-06 | 1994-10-18 | Yi Tang | Container with counter |
FR2721106B1 (en) | 1994-06-10 | 1996-09-13 | Step | Dose counter for inhalers. |
FR2750780B1 (en) | 1996-07-05 | 1998-10-30 | Valois | DOSER COUNTER |
US5927528A (en) | 1997-03-06 | 1999-07-27 | Jones; William Thomas | Medication container with improved sealing between cap liner and container body |
US6904867B2 (en) | 2001-06-25 | 2005-06-14 | David B. Zamjahn | Calculated dose medicine dispenser |
US7878350B2 (en) | 2006-11-30 | 2011-02-01 | The Rock Link, Inc. | Pill bottle with indicator device |
US8082873B2 (en) | 2008-05-05 | 2011-12-27 | Trudell Medical International | Drive mechanism for an indicating device |
RU2012150762A (en) | 2010-05-18 | 2014-06-27 | РэдКэп ЭлЭлСи | DISTRIBUTION DEVICE FOR MEDICINES WITH INTEGRATED RECEPTION MODE CONTROL |
US8579116B2 (en) | 2011-03-24 | 2013-11-12 | Oneworld Design and Manufacturing Group, Ltd. | Tamper evident device |
US8689988B2 (en) | 2012-05-07 | 2014-04-08 | Tao Xu | Bottle cap having removal tracking indicia |
US10247327B2 (en) | 2016-01-08 | 2019-04-02 | Watts Regulator Co. | Boiler fill valve with fast-fill and non-oscilatting dial features |
-
2014
- 2014-11-05 US US14/533,924 patent/US10010486B2/en active Active
Patent Citations (33)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4432300A (en) * | 1981-06-01 | 1984-02-21 | Lyss Esther B | Pill dispenser with sequential dispensing and indicating cap |
US4753189A (en) * | 1984-02-10 | 1988-06-28 | Gary J. Mastman | Medicine bottle cap having dosage means |
US4489834A (en) * | 1984-07-02 | 1984-12-25 | Thackrey James D | Counting cap for medicine bottles |
US4756423A (en) * | 1985-08-07 | 1988-07-12 | Holtsch Metallwarenherstellung | Indicator for taking medication |
US5984122A (en) * | 1989-02-03 | 1999-11-16 | Senetics, Inc. | Indicator closure having removable indicia |
US5279422A (en) * | 1992-08-25 | 1994-01-18 | Adams James E | Medicine container cap with time indicator |
US6076521A (en) * | 1994-11-29 | 2000-06-20 | Astra Aktiebolag | Dose indicating device |
US6082358A (en) * | 1998-05-05 | 2000-07-04 | 1263152 Ontario Inc. | Indicating device for aerosol container |
US20030089145A1 (en) * | 2000-08-16 | 2003-05-15 | Horst Michels | Twist closure |
US6779480B2 (en) * | 2001-06-25 | 2004-08-24 | David B. Zamjahn | Dial indicator cap |
US7017762B2 (en) * | 2002-05-28 | 2006-03-28 | Terry Shane | Medication reminder system |
US7000791B2 (en) * | 2002-11-18 | 2006-02-21 | Miller Mark H | Vial closure with indicator |
US6789497B1 (en) * | 2003-04-08 | 2004-09-14 | Edwin H. Aiken | Indicator for pill bottle |
US7222736B1 (en) * | 2003-06-13 | 2007-05-29 | James Seijas | Device and method for indicating scheduled doses |
US7584712B2 (en) * | 2003-12-15 | 2009-09-08 | Trudell Medical International | Dose indicating device |
US7637227B2 (en) * | 2004-04-29 | 2009-12-29 | Valois S.A.S. | Indicator for a powder or fluid dispenser device |
US20060124501A1 (en) * | 2004-11-30 | 2006-06-15 | Mcneely Kevin | Dosage reminder cap |
US20060139151A1 (en) * | 2004-12-10 | 2006-06-29 | Rosche Roger M | Cap timing |
US20060207958A1 (en) * | 2005-03-17 | 2006-09-21 | Hamer Douglas T | Secure bottle cap |
US7857134B2 (en) * | 2006-06-28 | 2010-12-28 | Mark Koch | Bottle comprising a temporal indicator |
US20100142330A1 (en) * | 2006-11-09 | 2010-06-10 | Generics (Uk) Limited | Attachable device for pill container |
US20080173666A1 (en) * | 2007-01-19 | 2008-07-24 | One World Design & Manufacturing Group | Pill Bottle |
US8931652B2 (en) * | 2009-09-03 | 2015-01-13 | Cap N Lock Llc | Lockable cap for a bottle |
US20170137190A1 (en) * | 2009-09-03 | 2017-05-18 | Gatekeeper Innovation, Inc. | Lockable cap for medical prescription bottle |
US8662330B2 (en) * | 2009-09-03 | 2014-03-04 | Cap-N-Lock, Llc | Lockable cap for medical prescription bottle |
US8763553B1 (en) * | 2010-02-22 | 2014-07-01 | Leslie B. Shannehan | Medicine tracker and dose indicator |
US20110210136A1 (en) * | 2010-02-26 | 2011-09-01 | Chiu-Sung Wang | Container |
US20120223045A1 (en) * | 2011-03-01 | 2012-09-06 | Burke Jr Richard Million | Container cap with protective cover |
US8938999B2 (en) * | 2011-11-14 | 2015-01-27 | Protectrx Llc | Locking cap apparatus and related methods |
US9622939B2 (en) * | 2012-07-09 | 2017-04-18 | Patricia Buxton-Dakides | Dial cap for medicine bottle |
US9492356B2 (en) * | 2013-05-10 | 2016-11-15 | RedCap, LLC | Container with a dispensing schedule |
US20170202748A1 (en) * | 2013-05-10 | 2017-07-20 | RedCap, LLC | Container with a dispensing schedule |
US20150008152A1 (en) * | 2013-07-03 | 2015-01-08 | Tao Xu | Indexing multi-compartment container-cap assembly |
Cited By (12)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20180250196A1 (en) * | 2015-09-02 | 2018-09-06 | Mylan Inc | Medication packaging and dose regimen system |
US10470976B2 (en) * | 2015-09-02 | 2019-11-12 | Mylan Inc. | Medication packaging and dose regimen system |
US20170183143A1 (en) * | 2015-12-24 | 2017-06-29 | Toly Korea Inc. | Container for storing and individually discharging capsules |
US10562696B2 (en) * | 2015-12-24 | 2020-02-18 | Toly Korea Inc. | Container for storing and individually discharging capsules |
US10994920B2 (en) * | 2015-12-24 | 2021-05-04 | Toly Korea Inc. | Container for storing and individually discharging capsules |
USD821738S1 (en) * | 2016-04-03 | 2018-07-03 | Steven Douglas Small | Weekly pill organizer |
US10196197B2 (en) | 2016-10-07 | 2019-02-05 | Toly Korea Inc. | Packaging container with improved discharge rate of capsule-shaped contents |
US10526131B2 (en) | 2017-06-21 | 2020-01-07 | Toly Management Ltd. | Sweep bead dispenser |
US10839635B2 (en) | 2017-06-21 | 2020-11-17 | Toly Management Ltd. | Sweep bead dispenser |
US11279530B2 (en) * | 2017-11-29 | 2022-03-22 | Cory J. Wilson | Child-resistant cap |
US20210392910A1 (en) * | 2020-06-22 | 2021-12-23 | Sean Adler | Banana Preservation Device |
USD987286S1 (en) * | 2022-12-05 | 2023-05-30 | Rong Wu | Pill organizer |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US10010486B2 (en) | 2018-07-03 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US10010486B2 (en) | Adjustable indicators for container assemblies | |
US11039985B2 (en) | Adjustable indicators for container assemblies | |
US5299701A (en) | Indicator cap | |
US5803283A (en) | Snap-on indicator cap | |
EP3215101B1 (en) | Adjustable indicators for container assemblies | |
US7661384B2 (en) | Closure cap for a container having time-date indicators | |
US5984122A (en) | Indicator closure having removable indicia | |
US4666051A (en) | In cap medication reminder | |
US4749093A (en) | Child-resistant medication reminder | |
US6003467A (en) | Dosage indicator | |
EP2740460A1 (en) | Date display cap for medicine bottle | |
US20060124501A1 (en) | Dosage reminder cap | |
EP0567534A1 (en) | Indicator cap | |
EP2037861B1 (en) | A counter and a recorder for a pill dispenser | |
US20180015002A1 (en) | Pill cap apparatus and method of use | |
US11468782B2 (en) | Device for managing medicine consumption and/or dispensing | |
US9603777B2 (en) | Cap and container with write-on surface and writing implement holder | |
US20140299504A1 (en) | Medication tracking apparatus | |
US20080000799A1 (en) | Container 389 | |
CN116270224A (en) | Gripping accessory for bottles | |
US9021980B1 (en) | Dosage indicator | |
KR102161291B1 (en) | A drug container | |
US20160166468A1 (en) | Novel Medicine Bottle Caps with Daily Prescription Dose Reminder | |
US20210269204A1 (en) | Dosage reminder indicator for container lids | |
CN218113708U (en) | Medicine bottle with recording function |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STCF | Information on status: patent grant |
Free format text: PATENTED CASE |
|
MAFP | Maintenance fee payment |
Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 4TH YR, SMALL ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M2551); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: SMALL ENTITY Year of fee payment: 4 |